Master's program in hydraulic engineering

Program overview
24-May-2017 21:39
Year 2016/2017
Organization Civil Engineering and Geosciences
Education Master Civiele Techniek
Code Omschrijving ECTS p1 p2 p3 p4 p5
CIE-HE Track Hydraulic Engineering (HE)

CIE-HE Compulsory for all Specialisations
CIE4130 Probabilistic Design 4
CIE4305 Coastal Dynamics I 6
CIE4310 Bed, Bank and Shore Protection 4
CIE4345 River Engineering 4
CIE-HE Specialisation Coastal Engineering (HE-CE)
CIE4309 Coastal Dynamics II 5
CIE4325 Ocean Waves 6
CIE4330 Ports and Waterways 1 4
CIE4340 Computational Modelling of Flow and Transport 4
CIE5308 Breakwaters and Closure Dams 4
CIE-HE Specialisation Rivers, Ports and Waterways (HE-RPW)
CIE-HE Specialisation Rivers, Ports and Waterways (HE-RPW), Required Courses
CIE5300 Dredging Technology 4
CIE5311 River Dynamics 4
CIE-HE Specialisation Rivers, Ports and Waterways, Field River Engineering (HE-
RPW-RE), Required Courses
CIE5315 Computational Hydraulics 3
CIE-HE Specialisation Rivers, Ports and Waterways, Field Dredging Engineering (HE-
RPW-DE), Required Courses
OE44040 Dredging Processes I 4
CIE-HE Specialisation Rivers, Ports and Waterways, Field Ports and Waterways (HE-
RPW-PW), Required Courses
CIE-HE Specialisation Environmental Fluid Mechanics (HE-EFM)
CIE5302 Stratified Flows 3
CIE5312 Turbulence in Hydraulics 3
CIE5317 Physical Oceanography 3
CIE-HE Specialisation Hydraulic Structures and Flood Risk (HE-HSFR)
CIE-HE Specialisation Hydraulic Structures and Flood Risk (HE-HSFR) Required
Courses
CIE4170 Construction Technology of Civil Engineering Structures 4
CIE5313 Hydraulic Structures 2 3
CIE5314 Flood Defences 3
CIE-HE Specialisation Hydraulic Structures and Flood Risk - Field Hydraulic
Structures (HE-HSFR-HS) Required Courses
CIE3109-09 Structural Mechanics 4 4
CIE3150 Concrete Structures 2 4
CIE4140 Structural Dynamics 4
CIE4160 Prestressed Concrete 4
CIE-HE Specialisation Hydraulic Structures and Flood Risk - Field Flood Risk (HE-
HSFR-FR) Required Courses
CIE3325 Mechanics and Transport by Flow in Poreus Media 4
CIE4367-16 Embankments and Geosynthetics 3
CIE5310 Probabilistic Design in Hydraulic Engineering 3
CIE-HE Specialisation Hydraulic Engineering and Water Resource Management (HE-
NUS)
CIE-HE NUS Required Courses
CE5307NUS Wave Hydrodynamics and Physical Oceanography 6
Page 1 of 238
CE5308NUS Coastal Processes & Sediment Transport 6
CE5310NUS Hydroinformatics 6
CE5311NUS Environmental Modelling with Computers 6
CE5312NUS River Mechanics 6
CIE-HE NUS Elective Courses
AES1630 Engineering Geology 4
AES1730 Introduction to Geotechnical Engineering 3
AES1750-09 Geology for Engineers 4
CIE3310-09 Open Channel Flow 4
CIE4030 Methodology for Scientific Research 3
CIE4115 Steel Structures 2 4
CIE4145-09 Dynamics and Introduction to Continuum Mechanics 4
CIE4180 Plates and Slabs 4
CIE4190 Analysis of Slender Structures 4
CIE4301 Building with Nature in Hydraulic Engineering 5
CIE4308 Sediment Dynamics 3
CIE4361 Behaviour of Soils and Rocks 6
CIE4362 Soil Structure Interaction 3
CIE4363 Deep excavation 4
CIE4365-16 Modelling Coupled Processes for Engineering Applications 5
CIE4366 Numerical Modelling in Geo-Engineering 6
CIE4390 Geo Risk Management 3
CIE4400 Water Quality Modelling 4
CIE4410 Water Systems, People and Society 4
CIE4420 Geohydrology 1 4
CIE4431 Hydrological Modelling 4
CIE4440 Hydrological Processes and Measurements 4
CIE4450 Integrated Water Management 4
CIE4460 Polders and Flood Control 4
CIE4480 Integral Systems Design 4
CIE4491 Urban Drainage and Watermanagement 4
CIE4495-13 Fundamentals of Water Treatment 4
CIE4760 Assessment of transport infrastructure and systems 6
CIE4780 Trending Topics in Geo-Engineering 4
CIE5304 Waterpower Engineering 3
CIE5305 Bored and Immersed Tunneling 4
CIE5307 Coastal Zone Management 3
CIE5318 Fieldwork Hydraulic Engineering 4
CIE5320 Site Characterisation, Testing and Physical Model 6
CIE5340 Soil Dynamics 3
CIE5401 Spatial Tools in Water Resources Management 3
CIE5421 Water & Health 4
CIE5440 Geo Hydrology 2 4
4
Page 2 of 238
CIE5450 Hydrology of catchments, rivers and deltas
CIE5471 Hydrological and Ecological Fieldwork in River Systems 4
CIE5490 Operational Water Management 4
CIE5500 Water Laws and Organisation 3
CIE5510 Water Management in Urban areas 4
CIE5541 Urban Drainage Monitoring and Modelling 3
CIE5560 Civil Engineering in Developing Countries 4
CIE5580 Ecology and Geomorphology 5
CIE5741 Trenchless Technologies 4
CIE5981 Forms of Collaboration in Civil Engineering 4
CME2300 Financial Engineering 4
OE44030 Offshore Geotechnical Engineering 4
OE44035 Dredging Pumps and Slurry Transport 4
OE44055 Load Identification and Monitoring of Structures 4
OE44115 Arctic Engineering 4
CIE-HE NUS Electives National University of Singapore
CE5603NUS Engineering Econom. & Project Evaluation 6
CE5710NUS Design of Floating Structures 6
CE5711NUS Offshore Moorings and Risers 6
CIE-HE Elective Courses
AES1750-09 D1 Geology for Engineers, Exam 2
AES1750-09 D2 Geology for Engineers, Practical 1
AES1750-09 D3 Geology for Engineers, Excursion 1
Page 3 of 238
CIE5450 Hydrology of catchments, rivers and deltas 4
Page 4 of 238
1.
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Track Hydraulic Engineering (HE)
Page 5 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Compulsory for all Specialisations
Page 6 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. O. Morales Napoles
Contact Hours / Week 0/6/0/0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Course Language English
Course Contents Objectives of probabilistic design of civil structures.
Probability Calculus; Steps in a Risk Analysis; Inventory of possible unwanted events, effects and consequences; Determining
and evaluating the risk.
Decision-making based on risk analysis; Decision-making under uncertainties; Probabilistic analysis of the decision problem;
Frame of reference concerning safety; Current dutch safety standards; Generally applicable safety standards.
Reliability of an element; Limit state functions, strength and load; Ultimate and serviceability limit states; Strength of concrete,
steel, timber, soil, etc; Loads of traffic, wind, waves, water, earthquakes, precipitation, ice, etc; Time dependence.
Reliability calculation methods; Level III methods; Numerical integration; Monte carlo method; Level II methods; Non-linear
limit state functions; Non-normally distributed variables; Dependent random variables; Comparison of different calculation
methods.
Failure probability and life span; Deterioration processes; Risk calculation of systems with a variable rate of failure; Non
availability; Markov processes; Load combinations.
Strength calculation with level I method; Linking the level I method to the failure probability calculation; Standardisation of
lpha-values; Load combinations for level I strength calculations.
Reliability of systems; Probability of failure of the serial system; Probability of failure of the parallel system; FMEA (Failure
Modes and Effects Analysis); FMECA (Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis); Event tree; Fault tree; Cause
consequence chart; Reliability of correctable systems.
Scheduling the realisation of activities; Introduction to scheduling uncertainties; Influence of corrective measures on duration
and costs; Maintenance; Introduction to maintenance strategies; Effect of maintenance on risk; Influence of inspections.
Application areas; Structural safety of buildings, dikes, offshore platforms, bridges, etc; Maintenance and management; Quality
assurance; Safety management; Geostatistics; Reliability of software.
Study Goals After the course, the student has to be able to do Level I, II and III calculations, risk-based optimisations and system probability
calculations.
Education Method Lectures
Literature and Study Obligatory lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Materials Probabilistic Design
Recommended other materials:

Tentamenbundel, available on blackboard.
Assessment Written exam: three questions, they refer mainly to different parts of the course
Permitted Materials during No restrictions for written material. Laptops or smartphones not allowed.
Tests
Judgement One mark, based on written exam.
Page 7 of 238
CIE4305 Coastal Dynamics I 6
Responsible Instructor Ir. J. Bosboom
Course Coordinator Ir. J. Bosboom
Instructor Ir. J. Bosboom
Instructor Ir. J. van Overeem
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. S.G.J. Aarninkhof
Contact Hours / Week 0.0.8.0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Required for CIE4309
Course Contents 1. Coastal systems
What is the coast?

What is coastal engineering and management?
Large-scale geographical variation of coasts (climatic, tectonic, nature and abundance of material, sea-level changes)
2. Hydrodynamic forcing and sediment transport
Ocean waves: wind waves and astronomical tide.

Description of wave characteristics, wind wave dispersion, generation and propagation of the tide, large scale variation of wave
and tidal climates.
Wave transformation in shallow water and waves in the surf zone. Tides in shallow waters. Storm surge.
Sediment transport processes and formulations. Sediment characteristics, bed shear stress, entrainment, cohesive versus non-
cohesive material.
3. Coastal response
Cross-shore and longshore sediment transport mechanisms and calculation methods

Coastal profile types and coastline features
Sediment balance and coastal changes
Dynamic profile equilibrium, depth of closure
Causes of profile changes, seasonality, erosion
Coastline equilibrium and causes of natural and human-induced coastline changes
Coastal inlet and tidal basin types and large-scale basin morphology
Coarse and fine sediment exchange between tidal basins and the coast
4. Coastal protection and management
Overview and functional design of methods for coastal protection (flooding and erosion)
Reading and interpreting nautical charts for use in coastal engineering
Study Goals After completion of this course, students should be able to:
1. Explain the nature and complexity of problems a coastal engineer will be faced with regarding coastal protection against
flooding and erosion.
2. Describe the characteristics of coastal systems on the basis of geotectonics, historic sea-level changes, nature and availability
of material and forcing by waves and tides.
3. Explain the complex processes in coastal systems related to the hydrodynamic forcing and sediment motion.
4. Explain the morphodynamics of a range of coastal systems from the underlying processes.
5. Assess the merits and disadvantages of various methods for protection against flooding and erosion for specific situations.
Education Method Lectures by Judith Bosboom, Stefan Aarninkhof and Jan van Overeem
Assessment 1) Digital Maple TA homework assessments during Q3 (half or full bonus point for the exam can be earned)
2) Digital exam (Maple TA) at the end of Q3 and resit at the end of Q4.
More information about the digital assessments (Maple TA) during Q3:
* There are 9 assessments organized per Chapter or group of Chapters of the lectures notes.
* Each assessment is divided into two stages: a formative stage A (assessment for learning) and a summative stage B
(assessment of learning).
* The stage A tests do not count towards the final course mark and are accessible until the retake exam at the end of Q4. A
minimum score of about 80% gives you access to stage B.
* The questions of stage B assess what you have learned. The stage B tests can only be taken once, must be taken before a
specified deadline in Q3 and have a time limit.
* You can earn half a bonus point for the exam by acquiring an average score for stage B of 50-70%. For a score higher than
70%, you get a full bonus point for the exam.
* The (half) bonus point is only valid for the exam and retake directly after the Maple TA tests.
A Maple TA trial exam is available as an example of what an exam could look like.
Expected prior Knowledge CIE4325 (Ocean Waves: strongly recommended.
CTB3350 (Open Channel Flow): strongly recommended.
Academic Skills Thinking (critical, analytical)
Interpretation
Oral presentation
Cooperation
Reasoning/arguing
Logic
Awareness of and reflection on and responsibility towards the social (international) context and consequences of technology and
scientific actions
Literature & Study Lecture notes available from VSSD. Title: Coastal Dynamics I. Authors: Judith Bosboom and Marcel J.F. Stive. The study
Materials material for CIE4305 consists of Chapters 1-10 of this book. Chapter 11 on Integrated Coastal Zone Management is not part of
the CIE4305.
Judgement 1) Digital Maple TA homework assessments during Q3 (half or full bonus point for the exam can be earned)
2) Digital exam (Maple TA) at the end of Q3 and resit at the end of Q4.
Page 8 of 238
More information about the digital assessments (Maple TA) during Q3:
* There are 9 assessments organized per Chapter or group of Chapters of the lectures notes.
* Each assessment is divided into two stages: a formative stage A (assessment for learning) and a summative stage B
(assessment of learning).
* The stage A tests do not count towards the final course mark and are accessible until the retake exam at the end of Q4. A
minimum score of about 80% gives you access to stage B.
* The questions of stage B assess what you have learned. The stage B tests can only be taken once, must be taken before a
specified deadline in Q3 and have a time limit.
* You can earn half a bonus point for the exam by acquiring an average score for stage B of 50-70%. For a score higher than
70%, you get a full bonus point for the exam.
* The (half) bonus point is only valid for the exam and retake directly after the Maple TA tests.
A Maple TA trial exam is available as an example of what an exam could look like.
Permitted Materials during Lecture notes (open book exam)
Exam Pen, pencil, eraser and ruler or protractor
No calculator (a calculator is available on the computer)
No mobile phones
Dictionary
Collegerama Yes
Page 9 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. B. Hofland
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period Exam by appointment
Course Contents Design of shoreline protection along rivers, canals and the sea; load on bed and shoreline by currents, wind waves and ship
motion; stability of elements under current and wave conditions; stability of shore protection elements; design methods,
construction methods.
Flow: recapitulation of basics from fluid mechanics (flow, turbulence), stability of individual grains (sand, but also rock) in
different type of flow conditions (weirs, jets), scour and erosion.
Porous Media: basic equation, pressures and velocities on the stability on the boundary layer; groundwater flow with
impermeable and semi-impermeable structures; granular filters and geotextiles.
Waves: recapitulation of the basics of waves, focus on wave forces on the land-water boundary, specific aspects of ship induced
waves, stability of elements under wave action (loose rock, placed blocks, impermeable layers)
Design: overview of the various types of protections, construction and maintenance; design requirements, deterministic and
probabilistic design; case studies, examples
Materials and environment: overview of materials to be used, teraction with the aquatic environment, role of the land-water
boundary as part of the ecosystem; environmentally sound shoreline design.
Study Goals After this course the student has to be able to:
1. Explain the processes acting on the land-water boundary and be able to judge which parameters are relevant for the design;
2. Explain the basics of stability in flow and wave conditions (understand the concepts of Shields, Izbash, Sleath, Iribarren, Van
der Meer);
3. Design individually a shoreline protection along a river, a canal or the sea, including relevant details, like a toe protection;
4. Determine the boundary conditions for the design of a shoreline protection, and their probability of occurrence;
5. Design intermediate layers between armour and subsoil (filter design), both using a granular filter as well as a geotextile;
6. Determine the method to construct the design (execution methods), especially how to place the rock and/or concrete element
as well as the bed protection.
7. Explain the basics of the physical modeling of bed- bank and shore protections.
Education Method Lectures, computer supported studying
Computer Use Students are advised to make some computational examples with the computer package CRESS; a probabilistic computation
using e.g. Prob2B is a compulsory exercise. The exercise will be made available via Blackboard.
Course Relations CIE4310 uses CTB2410 (Hydraulic Engineering) and CTB2110 (Fluid Mechanics)
Recommended to follow simultaneously or prior to CIE4310:
CIE4325 (Ocean Waves) and CIE4130 (probabilistic design)
Assessment Exercise and oral exam - The (individual) exercise can be found on Blackboard. - An appointment for the oral exam can be made
in room 3.71/3.73, when making the appointment the exercise has to be handed-in. No appointment for examination can be made
before the exercise has been handed in.
Exam Hours Usually on Wednesday (see schedule with secretary).
Expected prior Knowledge On the first page of the textbook the mandatory knowledge prior to this course is printed; this page is also available on
blackboard
Academic Skills Relevant academic skills for this course are understanding of the physical processes in bed, bank and shoreline protection and
being able to use this in the design of structures.
Literature & Study Course Information is available at the Blackboard website.
Materials
Compulsory: lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Bed, Bank and Shoreline protection (G.J. Schiereck)
Available at VSSD (also available in normal bookshops, but without reduction).
Compulsory other materials:

Several handouts, available at the Blackboard website. Guest lecture and visit to laboratory of Deltares. Also a number of videos
is available via blackboard. The contents of these videos is compulsory material.

Rock Manual (CIRIA CUR, 2007; available from bookshops,but free downloadable as pdf).
Overtopping Manual (downloadable from www.overtopping-manual.com)
Judgement During the oral exam the exercise is discussed; important element of the assessment is understanding in the (un)-reliability of the
various components in the calculation. The quality of exercise contributes to approx. 20% of the mark.
During the the remainder of the oral exam the understanding of the processes and the ability of the student to translate this
understanding in real life designs is assessed.
Permitted Materials during Open book examination (bring the book with you)
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 10 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. A. Blom
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Course Contents INTRODUCTION
River characteristics: streamwise variation in slope, width, discharge, friction, sorting patterns. Temporal variation in discharge
and water level. Types of rivers (meandering, braiding, anabranching). River functions and their (sometimes conflicting)
requirements to river management. River management around the world.
STEADY FLOW
1D shallow-water equations (1D-SWE) and simplifications for steady flow: normal flow equation or Chezy equation for steady
uniform flow; the backwater equation (and Bresse approximation) for steady non-uniform flow. Effects of width, friction and
depth on the conveyance of a river.
FLOOD WAVES
1D shallow-water equations (1D-SWE) and simplification for flood waves. Effects of width, friction and depth on celerity and
diffusion of flood waves. Computation of a design discharge.
BED LOAD TRANSPORT

Sediment properties, behaviour of sediment under steady uniform flow: critical Shields stress and incipient motion; bed load
transport relations.
SUSPENDED LOAD TRANSPORT

Advection equation for suspended load transport and associated erosion and deposition fluxes. Turbulent mixing and settling,
resulting in the Rouse profile. Depth-averaged suspended load transport.
INITIAL RIVER RESPONSE

Initial river response, i.e., backwater curves, after a change to the river system. Explanation of the Exner equation for
conservation of sediment mass. Initial degradation and aggradation after a change to the river system.
LONGTERM RIVER RESPONSE (STEADY DISCHARGE)

Computation of the morphodynamic steady state (i.e., the equilibrium bed elevation profile) after a change in the river system for
a steady discharge.
LONGTERM RIVER RESPONSE (NONSTEADY DISCHARGE)

a nonsteady discharge.
EFFECTS OF SEDIMENT SORTING ON LONGTERM RIVER RESPONSE

Sediment characteristics. Grain size distributions. Incipient motion and hiding. Grainsize-selective and partial transport. Sorting
patterns (e.g., armouring, dune sorting, lateral sorting). The Hirano equation. Effects of sorting on long-term response.
SEVERAL GUEST LECTURES

Dutch river management, Colombian rivers, Colorado River, Mississippi River, Flood risk, River restoration, and more.
Study Goals After this course you will be able to evaluate and predict the short-term and long-term response of a river system to natural and
anthropogenic changes. Furthermore, you will be able to design measures to counteract negative trends.
After attending this course, you

- can identify the functions of a river system and their sometime conflicting requirements. You understand and can evaluate the
effects of various types of measures taken in existing river systems (Room for the River project in the Netherlands and examples
shown during the course) and can propose new measures to counteract negative trends.
- are familiar with the one-dimensional shallow-water equations (1D-SWE) and can simplify and apply the 1D-SWE for different
applications (steady uniform flow, flood waves, and backwater curves). You can predict the short-term effects of changes in
discharge, friction, and cross-sectional area on the conveyance of a river, based on the simplified 1D-SWE.
- have a thorough understanding of sediment transport relations and the Exner equation for conservation of sediment mass. You
can apply these equations to estimate the sediment load in a river system and to determine the morphodynamic steady state of a
river (i.e. the bed and water surface elevation profiles).
Education Method During the lectures we will explain the theory and discuss examples. Several guest lecturers will elaborate on case studies.
Assessment Written exam
Tags Algebra
Fluid Mechanics
Modelling
Water Engineering
Contact Dr.ir. A. Blom (Water Lab, Stevin III, room S3.00.100, astrid.blom@tudelft.nl)
Expected prior Knowledge Fluid Mechanics, Open Channel Flow
Literature & Study Slides, available on Blackboard
Materials (syllabus River Engineering, available on Blackboard)
Permitted Materials during An equation form will be provided by the examiner. No information may be uploaded on your pocket calculator.
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 11 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Specialisation Coastal Engineering (HE-CE)
Page 12 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. S. de Vries
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. Z.B. Wang
Instructor Dr.ir. D.J.R. Walstra
Instructor M.A. de Schipper
Instructor A.J.F. van der Spek
Practical Coordinator R. Hoekstra
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period Different, to be announced
Course Contents 1. Advanced physics of the coastal zone (both prismatic coasts and coastal inlets and tidal basins): hydrodynamics, transport
processes and morphology.
2. The modelling of coastal systems including: several classes of models, model boundary conditions and input reduction,
process-based modelling (profile and area models) versus aggregated modelling approaches (semi-empirical models, behaviour-
oriented models, equilibrium based models).
Study Goals At the end of this course students are able to:
1. describe the details of complex processes in the coastal zone and tidal basins related to hydrodynamics, sediment motion and
morphodynamics.
2. discuss the applicability, underlying assumptions and limitations of various numerical model concepts related to the coastal
zone and tidal inlets.
3. set up and tune a morphodynamic model.
4. analyse and interpret results of the applied morphodynamic model.
5. design a solution for a specific coastal erosion problem.
Education Method The course consists of a hands-on model training (Delft3D and Unibest-LT/CL models) and lectures (4 hrs a week). The
modelling assignments are done in small groups. It is compulsory to be present during the supervised model training sessions (4
hours per week, every Wednesday morning).
Literature and Study Information on study material available through Blackboard:
Materials 1. Slides of the various lectures
2. Collegerama
3. Other hand-outs via blackboard.
Your lecture notes of CIE4305 serve as a reference.

Assessment This course is assessed based on the report of the modelling assignments combined with an oral examination. The relative
importance of both are formalized in the rubric for assessment which is available on Blackboard.
Examinations can be done throughout the year, but dates and time frames are constrained. Directly after the education period the
majority of the exams are planned.
Dates for the exam can be arranged through an appointment list that is available at the secretariat (Inge van Rooij; room 3.71,
tel.: 015-2783348).
Expected prior Knowledge CIE4305 (Coastal dynamics I)

CIE4325 (Ocean Waves) strongly recommended.
CTB3350 (Open Channel Flow) strongly recommended.
CIE4340 (Computational Modelling of Flow and Transport) strongly recommended.
Academic Skills Students will learn to:
1. Interpret physical coastal processes.
2. Analyse model results.
3. Write a report and present it orally.
Literature & Study Information on study material available through Blackboard:
2. Collegerama

Judgement This course is assessed based on the report of the modelling assignments combined with an oral examination. The relative
tel.: 015-2783348).
Permitted Materials during None

Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 13 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr. M.F.S. Tissier
Instructor Dr.ir. A.J.H.M. Reniers
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Course Contents This course addresses the observation, analysis and prediction of wind-generated waves in the open ocean and coastal waters.
The lectures start with the observation techniques, before continuing with the question of how to describe these seemingly
random motions of the sea, which we call waves. Two techniques are introduced: a statistical description and a spectral
technique. This, in its turn, is followed by the linear theory of surface gravity waves (as they are formally called). This theory
gives the interrelation between physical characteristics as the surface motion, the wave-induced pressure in the water and the
motion of water particles. It beautifully supplements the concept of the spectrum. Initially, the lectures treat only open-water
aspects of the linear theory, in other words, deep-water conditions without currents or a coast. This provides, together with the
spectral description of the waves, the introduction to the energy balance of waves in oceanic waters. Sources and sinks are added
to this balance, to represent the generation (by wind), the interactions amongst the waves themselves (wave-wave interactions)
and the dissipation of the waves (by white-capping). The second part of the course focuses on wave transformation in coastal
waters, and therefore on the effects of sea bottom topography and currents (shoaling, refraction, diffraction, reflection, surf
breaking).
Study Goals At the end of this course, you should be able to:
Describe the different observation techniques of wind-generated waves and their limitations;
Explain the rationale behind the definition and computation of the wave spectrum and calculate spectral wave characteristics;
Characterize wind-generated waves in a statistical framework;
Explain the physical processes driving wave transformation in oceanic and coastal waters and evaluate which processes
dominate in a given situation;
Calculate the evolution of wind-generated waves in oceanic and coastal waters;
Education Method Lectures and homework assignments. Completion of the homework assignments is strongly recommended but not compulsory.
These assignments will consist of online questions and computer assignments using Matlab (feedback provided via MapleTA).
Expected prior Knowledge Basic knowledge of fluid mechanics and mathematics. Prior experience with programming using Matlab is recommended for the
computer assignments.
Academic Skills Analysis, problem solving and critical thinking skills
Literature & Study Waves in Oceanic and Coastal Waters by Leo H. Holthuijsen (Cambridge University Press). Lecture slides. Examples of old
Materials exams.
Judgement The final grade is determined by the written exam.
Permitted Materials during Pocket calculator or simple graphical calculator (i.e., no word processing and no communication options). No book, no notes. An
Exam A4 formula sheet will be provided.
Collegerama Yes
Page 14 of 238
Responsible Instructor T. Vellinga
Instructor P. Taneja
Instructor Ir. P. Quist
Instructor H.J. Verheij
Instructor Dr.ir. J.C.M. van Dorsser
Instructor Ir. B. Wijdeven
Instructor Drs. O.C. Koedijk
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Course Contents Ports and Waterways:
1. Maritime transport
Specific data of merchant ships, commodity and vessel types, tramp and liner trade
Port functions and organisation
Functions, transport chain, organisation of seaports
Port planning methodology
Types of planning, planning process, planning tasks, general observations
Planning and design of the water areas
Ship manoeuvring and hydrodynamic behaviour, approach channels, manoeuvring areas within the port, port basins and berth
areas, morphological aspects
Planning and design of port terminals
Services provided, terminal components, types of terminals, terminal capacity (maximum or optimum) and terminal dimensions
Container terminals
Container transport, terminal operations and lay-out development
2. Queueing theory for ports and inland waterways and Kooman method for transit times of vessels through locks:
Port studies
Aspects in port design
Organisation, ship handling, cargo handling and inland transport
Methods for solving capacity problems in ports
empirical rules of thumb, queueing theory and simulation techniques
Queueing theory
Arrival process, service process, queue discipline
Kooman method to determine transit time of individual vessels through locks
Queueing systems
M/M/1 -system, M/M/n-system, M/G/1 M/D/1 and N/Ek/1 systems, M/D/n and D/M/n systems
Queueing systems with more general distributions of arrival and service time
Approach to an Ek/Em/1 queue system and approach to an Ek/Em/n queue system
Some applications
3. Inland waterways:
Shipping on inland waterways
Significance of inland navigation, classification of ships and waterways, ship characteristics, ship types
Interaction between ship and waterway
Primary water movement, secondary water movement, remaining hydraulic phenomena
Navigation speed
Ship's resistance, installed engine power, example speed-engine power
Navigation
Encounters, overtaking manoeuvres, navigation in bends, cross sections, stopping distance
Design of inland waterway profiles
Design vessels, traffic intensity, cross-section and design parameters and cross-sections in bends
Natural waterways
Navigation on rivers, improvements, classification of rivers, ship dimensions, river ports and mooring places.
4. Integration of environmental issues in port planning and design

Environmental aspects which affect port-layout
Land use planning, visual amenity, dangerous goods, dredging and disposal of dredged material, prevention nuisance,
contamination of soil and groundwater, reception of ballast water and waste and wetlands and nature areas
Relevant aspects for environmental impact assessment
Environmental impact assessment, pollution control, ecology and nature habitats, use of recourses, social and gender aspects and
quality of life
Study Goals 1. The student has a broad overview of the field ports and waterways and recognises the interest of related sciences;
2. The student understands the functions of ports and waterways in the total transport chain with different transport modalities;
3. The student has knowledge of vessel types and demands regarding infrastructure;
4. The student has knowledge of relevant hydraulic aspects for the layout of ports and waterways;
5. The student can understand and create a port masterplan and containerterminalplan;
6. The student is capable to apply the queueing theory for capacity planning for ports and waterways;
7. The student has knowledge of hydraulic interaction between ship and waterway;
8. The student is capable to determine dimensions of approach channels and inland waterways;
9. The student understands and is capable to evaluate port environmental issues and its relevance;
10.The student is capable of having discussion on the relevant issues with experts.
Education Method Lectures, exercise
Assessment Written exam and exercise
Expected prior Knowledge CIE4330 uses CIE2320, CIE3330, CIE3340, CIE4300
Academic Skills During the coarse students will be made aware and/or develop aspects such as particular skills (i.e. analytical thinking, writing
report of exercise) ethics (i.e. moral awareness/sensitivity), integrity and citizenship.
Literature & Study Lecture notes:
Materials Ports and Terminals - Ligteringen en Velsink, ISBN 978-90-6562-288-4
Service systems in ports and inland waterways, R.Groenveld, 2007
Page 15 of 238
Inland Waterways, H.J Verheij, C. Stolker, R. Groenveld, 2008
Environmental issues in Port Development and Port Operation, T.Vellinga, M.Geense,2004
Available at VSSD.
Handouts (available via Blackboard).
Note: The file Exams CIE4330 with examples of old exams is not longer leading for the exams today. In stead some examples of
recent exams will become available on Blackboard.
Judgement The case study (exercise) will be rewarded with a mark. This mark will be taken into account for 20% when determining the
final mark for the written examination. If the mark for the exercise is 5.0 or less additional exercise has to be done.
In that case the final mark for the exercise is determined by averaging the old and the new mark. The mark for the exercise can
be used twice. If the student has to make the written exam for the third time he/she has to make the exercise again.
Permitted Materials during One A4 with notes, written or typed on both sides, normally readable and dictionary English-Dutch/Dutch-English
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 16 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. M. Zijlema
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
2
Start Education 1
Exam Period 2
3
Expected prior knowledge Knowledge of solution of first order and second order differential equations and some mathematical techniques like Taylor series
expansion and Fourier transform is essential. Also some knowledge and experience with programming in Matlab or Python is
recommended.
Course Contents Elementary notions of computational modelling of flow and transport.
The following topics are dealt with during the course:

1. Ordinary Differential Equations (ODE), test equation and spring-mass system.
2. Time integration for ODE, consistency, convergence, stability and stiffness.
3. Partial Differential Equations (PDE), diffusion equation, convection or wave equation and convection-diffusion equation.
Dirichlet and Neumann boundary conditions, well-posed problems.
4. Space discretization for PDE, finite differences, Von Neumann stability analysis, CFL condition, amplitude and phase error
analysis, wiggles and monotonicity, modified equation approach, upwind and numerical diffusion.
5. 1D shallow water equations, method of characteristics, Riemann invariants, boundary conditions, spin up and Sommerfeld
radiation, leapfrog and Preissmann schemes, staggered grids, SWASH and applications.
Study Goals Upon completion of the course:
1. The student is able to identify different approximations for time integration and space discretisation.
2. The student is able to name different properties for a given approximation (e.g. explicitness/implicitness, robustness,
monotonicity, wiggles, spin-up time, stiffness).
3. The student is able to compute the truncation error and the amplification factor for a given approximation. The student is
succeed in judging the associated consistency and stability properties correctly.
4. The student is able to explain the advantages and disadvantages of a given approximation.
5. The student will be given some different numerical approximations for a given PDE. The student is then able to successfully
choose the best approximation based on some criteria specified in advance. The student is able to justify his choices by doing
analysis and computations.
6. The student is able to describe the role of software packages in the context of applications with open water bodies as seas,
estuaries, rivers, lakes and channels.
7. The student is able to formulate and discretise shallow water equations using two different numerical methods. The student is
able to successfully derive the appropriate approximations.
8. The student will be given numerical algorithms of a software package. The student is then able to discuss the abilities and
restrictions of these algorithms. The student is also able to identify some typical numerical issues, e.g. numerical properties and
artefacts. The student is succeed to analyse consistency and stability, and explain what may have caused the occurred artefacts.
The student is able to support his/her findings with evidences or examples.
Education Method Lectures and practical.
Course Relations The course is related to the courses fluid mechanics, open channel flow and river engineering.
Literature and Study You can order lecture notes through Blackboard (go to My Student Info).
Materials
A syllabus with some information on the practical and the exercises are available through Blackboard.

Old exams downloadable from Blackboard.
Assessment Written exam with (mainly) open questions.
Permitted Materials during 1. You are not allowed to use or consult lecture notes, old exams including answers and other (text)books.
Tests 2. You may use one A4 sheet of paper containing personal notes (no solutions to old exams).
3. A simple pocket calculator without any advanced programming facilities.
Remarks 1. Participation in the written exam only after successful completion of three practicals.
2. Final grade is determined by the written exam.
Tags Analysis
Calculus
Fluid Mechanics
Lineair Algebra
Mathematics
Matlab
Modelling
Numeric Methods
Software
Transport phenomena
Water Engineering
Expected prior Knowledge Knowledge of solution of first order and second order differential equations and some mathematical techniques like Taylor series
recommended.
Academic Skills analysis, problem solving and critical thinking skills
Literature & Study You can order lecture notes through Blackboard (go to My Student Info).
Materials

Judgement Final grade is determined by the written exam.
Exam 2. You may use one A4 sheet of paper containing personal notes (no solutions to old exams).
Collegerama Yes
Page 17 of 238
Responsible Instructor Ir. J.P. van den Bos
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Expected prior knowledge CIE5308 uses CIE4310 and CIE4325
Summary Design and construction of breakwaters and closure dams in estuaries and rivers. Functional requirements, determination of
boundary conditions, spatial and constructional design and construction aspects of breakwaters and dams consisting of rock, sand
and caissons.
Course Contents Overview and history of breakwater and closure dam construction. The general design principles of a breakwater and a closure
dam. Determination of boundary conditions for dams and breakwaters, with special attention to the design frequency. Methods to
determine the design wave height from wave statistics. Overview of other boundary conditions (geotechnical and hydraulic).
Materials, quarries and rock properties.
Various properties of the different types of dams and breakwaters, like stability of riprap in current and wave conditions, design
of armour layer, natural rock and concrete elements. The use of caissons for breakwaters and closure dams. Computation of
element size using classical formulae, partial safety coefficients and probabilistic methods. Plan and cross section of
breakwaters. Practical examples of breakwaters and closure dams.
Execution (marine or land based equipment) of the works.
Failure mechanisms and (cost) optimisation.
One-week exercise in which a group of two or three students has to design a breakwater and a closure dam.
Study Goals After the course, the student has to be able to:
1. Determine the type of breakwater required;
2. Determine the type of closure required;
3. Determine the boundary conditions (waves, waterlevels, currents);
4. Make a preliminary design of a breakwater and a closure dam;
5. Optimise the design on basis of cost and availability of resources like labour and materials.
6. Explain the (physical) background of the design formulae
Education Method Lectures with illustrations (video, numerical examples). Exercise in groups of two or three students to design a breakwater and a
closure dam. For the closure works part an online course is provided.
Computer Use During the exercise intensive use is made of Breakwat (Deltares software), as well as SwanOne, Cress and MatLab or Prob2B.
Wave data from Argoss are used (www.waveclimate.com, password will be provided)
Assessment Design exercise or oral exam.
Admission to the design exercise or oral exam is only possible after completion of the online course on closure works.
Permitted Materials during Open book
Tests
Expected prior Knowledge Basic knowledge of waves is essential, as well as the hydraulics of flow in gaps (from open channel flow).
Basics of Bed, Bank and Shoreline protection is necessary (especially regarding stability of rock on slopes under action of
waves).
Academic Skills During the exercise the student has to show that he/she is able to determine the boundary conditions for a breakwater, make a
design as well as a execution plan in a given short time frame (comparable to a design and build tender procedure)
Literature & Study Compulsory lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Materials Book: "Breakwaters and Closure dams" (second edition)
Available at VSSD (also available at normal bookshops, but without discount).
Or the separate books "Breakwaters" (expected 2017) and "Closure works" (2016).

Handouts and list of videos, available at the Blackboard website.
Recommended lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Rock Manual 2007(CIRIA-CUR publication, available in bookshop, but free downloadable as pdf from website)

The Closure of tidal Basins (Huis in 't Veld)
Out of print, but pdf available from website.
Coastal Engineering Manual (pdf, downloadable)
Judgement One mark, based on design exercise or on oral exam (it is highly recommended to do the exercise instead of an oral exam).
The mark obtained via the exercise depends on the quality of the report, the quality of the presentation and the quality of the
participation in the discussion during the presentations
Permitted Materials during During the exercise all materials may be used, also consulting of other students is permitted. Special data will be made available.
Exam In case of an oral exam, the exam is an "open book". Bring the book with you.
Collegerama No
Page 18 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Specialisation Rivers, Ports and Waterways (HE-RPW)
Page 19 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Specialisation Rivers, Ports and Waterways (HE-RPW), Required Courses
Page 20 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
breaking).
Materials exams.
Collegerama Yes
Page 21 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Container terminals
Port studies
Queueing theory
Queueing systems
Some applications
Navigation speed
Navigation
Natural waterways

quality of life
Page 22 of 238
Available at VSSD.
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 23 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
2
Start Education 1
Exam Period 2
3
recommended.

Materials

Tags Analysis
Calculus
Fluid Mechanics
Lineair Algebra
Mathematics
Matlab
Modelling
Numeric Methods
Software
Transport phenomena
Water Engineering
recommended.
Materials

Collegerama Yes
Page 24 of 238
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. C. van Rhee
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Expected prior knowledge CIE5300 uses CT2090, CT2330, CT3320, CIE4300 and CT3310
Course Contents Dredging technology with components digging, transport and disposal of dredged material and their scientific background. The
possibilities of dredging during the realisation of large civil engineering projects.
1 General introduction:
Definitions of dredging process and dredging equipment. Description of the dredging process. Related scientific areas. Dynamic
versus static soil mechanics. Production factors.
2 Dredging equipment:
Description of cutter suction dredger, suction hopper dredger and other dredging equipent.
3 Dredging projects:
Description of all types of dredging projects: maintenace dredging, capital dredging and environmental/remedial dredging.
4 Excavation process:
Soil cutting theories: breaching and eroding of sand, cutting of sand clay and rock.
5 Pumping, lifting and transport:
Pump theory: dredging pumps and drives, theory of hydraulic transport.
6 Dumping of soil and settlement in basins:
Theory of settlement , excecution and quality control on the dumping and reclamation site.
7 Relation between soil characteristics and dredging processes:
Soil mechanic aspects, soil investigation methods, soil classification, geofysical soil investigation.
8 Other related areas of interest:
Survey and positioning, depth measurement, tolerances, operating cost standards for dredging equipment, workability,
production measurement.
Study Goals The recognition of the possibilities and restrictions of the use of dredging equipment for the realisation of large civil engineering
projects:
1. Knowledge of working methods and different kinds of dredging projects;
2. Influence of soil characteristics and weather restrictions on workability and employability of dredging equipment;
3.Productions and tolerances for dredging projects;
4.Knowledge and understanding of the basic facts and basic fysical processes of dredging of soils:
* Excavating
* Pumping
* Hydraulic transport by pipelines
* Settling and dumping
* soil investigation procedures for dredging works.
* Relation between soil characteristics and dredging process
* Soil classification
Being able to work with the characteristics of the Centrifugal dredgepump, the drive and the pipeline resistance.
Education Method Lectures:
During each lecture one or two short 10 min. video's will be shown. These video's represent an essential part of the course
enabling a better understanding of the dredging processes. For this reason, among others, attendance to the lectures is highly
recommended.
Course Relations CIE5300 uses CTB2310, CTB2320, CIE3320, CIE4300 and CIE3310
Materials Lecture notes Dredging Technology:
Orders including name and address and student ID should be sent by email to: glm@vanderSchrieck.nl.
See the instructions on the blackboardsystem.
Syllabus:
A syllabus with questions and answers is available on blackboard.
All other necessary information is also available via the blackboardsystem.
Recommended non obligatory other materials:

1. Dredging, a handbook for engineers, N. Bray, 1996.
2. Soil mechanical aspects of dredging, W. van Leussen/Nieuwenhuis.
3. Agricultural soil mechanics, A.J. Kollen/H. Kuipers.
4. Introduction to rock mechanics, R.E. Goodman.
5. Slurry transport using centrifugal pumps, K.C. Wilson.
6. Project excecution aspects of hydraulic soil movement, CROW nr. 87.
7. Classification of soils and rocks to be dredged, PIANC, Brussel 1984.
8. British Standard code of practice for site investigations, BS5930 1981.
9. Instrumentation and methods for hydrographic surveys and coastal measurements, R. van Oostveen, lecture notes IHEE Delft.
10.Cost Standards for dredging equipment 2009. R.N.Bray, 2009 CIRIA C655. www.ciriabooks.com
Assessment Assignments. Oral exam.
Special Information All information is available on blackboard.
Literature & Study Lecture notes Dredging Technology
Materials
Judgement Judgement from the oral examination with the use of a score-tabel
Page 25 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. E. Mosselman
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Expected prior knowledge CIE4345 River engineering
Summary Morphological processes in alluvial rivers. Short-term and long-term morphological responses to human interference and natural
events. Set-up, application and interpretation of 1D numerical morphological models. Local problems of erosion and
sedimentation. River bifurcations. Case studies in Europe, Asia and South America.
Course Contents 1. Introduction to river dynamics
River dynamics = hydrodynamics, morphodynamics, ecodynamics, socio-economic dynamics. Three modes of morphological
adaptation (bed level, planform, bed sediment composition). Review of CIE4345 (backwater curves, sediment transport, initial
morphological response, long-term morphological response).
2. Sand-gravel morphodynamics
Hirano model approach to graded sediment. Equilibrium longitudinal river profiles for bimodal sediment mixtures.
3. 1D analytical models for time dependent river evolution

Use of analytical models, analysis of characteristics, full hyperbolic system with simple-wave and diffusion approximations.
4. Projects on Rhine branches in the Netherlands

Flood control (PKB Room for the River), navigation (DVR project), ecological rehabilitation (EU Water Framework Directive).
5. River bends
Helical motion in curved flows, pointbars.
6. River bifurcations
Discharge distribution, nodal point relation for sediment distribution, underlying processes, role of bifurcation angle, phase-plane
analysis to assess bifurcation stability.
7. Numerical models
Use of numerical models, model selection, selection of space and time steps, model boundaries, numerical schemes, numerical
errors.
8 SOBEK exercise
Set-up of 1D numerical models for fluvial hydrodynamics and morphodynamics, model runs, interpretation of results.
9. 2D analytical models for bars and planform styles

Alternate bars, steady free bars and overdeepening, resonance, initiation of meandering, braiding.
10. Probabilistic river morphology

Uncertainty analysis, deterministic vs probabilistic approaches, sensitivity analyses vs probabilistic approaches, applications.
11. Bank erosion, planimetric changes and river training

Bank erosion and accretion, model paradigms (mechanistic theory, regime theory, extremal hypotheses), guide bunds, groynes.
12. Physical models

Use of physical models, methods to derive dimensionless parameters (dimension analysis, scaling of mathematical equations),
scale rules, scale laws, scale effects.
13 Field measurements
Measurement of sediment transport, bed topography, river planform and bed sediment composition,
14 Room for questions and additional explanations

The RiverCare research project
Study Goals The goal of the course is that successful participants can act as independent river engineers who are able to:
(1) explain and sketch the short-term large-scale (1D) hydrodynamic and morphodynamic responses of river systems with
confluences and bifurcations to human interferences and natural changes
(2) explain, sketch and calculate the long-term large-scale (1D) hydrodynamic and morphodynamic responses of river systems
with confluences and bifurcations to human interferences and natural changes
(3) propose and explain appropriate methods to study river hydrodynamics and morphodynamics in more detail, to solve
practical problems of river management (numerical vs. physical models, 1D vs. 2D or 3D approaches, deterministic vs.
probabilistic approaches, uniform vs. mixed sediment, equilibrium vs. non-equilibrium transport)
(4) set up and interpret 1D numerical models for river morphology, explaining how to select time steps, space steps, domain
boundaries and boundary conditions
(5) explain the assumptions and consequences of theories underlying 1D morphodynamic behaviour
(6) explain 3D flow and sediment transport in bends and at bifurcations propose engineering works to solve local problems of
erosion and sedimentation
Education Method Lectures, exercise and discussion
Literature and Study Presentation slides contain complete information on course contents. Presentation slides, a computer exercise manual and
Materials additional resources are made available through Blackboard. Worked examples in Unesco-IHE lecture notes (available on
Blackboard) are recommended for self-testing of ability to assess short-term and long-term responses of longitudinal river
profiles to human interventions and natural events. For those who want to proceed their professional career in river engineering,
a recommended (though not compulsory) text book is "Principles of River Engineering" by P.Ph. Jansen et al (1979), ISBN: 90-
6562-146-6, available at bookshops and VSSD, downloadable from http://repository.tudelft.nl/view/ir/uuid%3A15e01b6c-57b7-
4229-8dda-9eefaf979443/ .
Assessment Test type: written exam. Prerequisite for admission to the written exam: having submitted report of exercise.
Page 26 of 238
Tags Analysis
Modelling
Water Engineering
Contact Course leader Dr. ir. Erik Mosselman, e.mosselman@tudelft.nl, erik.mosselman@deltares.nl
Expected prior Knowledge CIE4345 River engineering
Academic Skills Skills: critical thinking (Pantanal case study), interpretation (results from SOBEK computations), problem solving (assessment
of morphodynamic response, local problems of erosion and sedimentation)
Ethics: moral awareness (Punjab case study)
Integrity: philosophy of science (paradigm of teleological explanations in river morphology, in lecture on bank erosion)
Citizenship: awareness of and reflection on and responsibility towards the social (international) context and consequences of
technology and scientific actions (Pantanal, Gorai and Punjab case studies)
Literature & Study Presentation slides contain complete information on course contents. Presentation slides, a computer exercise manual and
4229-8dda-9eefaf979443/ .
Judgement The mark of the written exam is the final mark. No mark will be given for the report on the SOBEK exercise
Permitted Materials during One double-sided A4 sheet with personal summary notes
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 27 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Specialisation Rivers, Ports and Waterways, Field River Engineering (HE-RPW-RE), Required Courses
Page 28 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Expected prior knowledge fluid mechanics, open channel flow, river engineering and computational modelling
Course Contents The course deals with some backgrounds of two- and three-dimensional (non-)hydrostatic flow modelling. The course consists of
a lecture once a week plus a practical session once a week. During the first practical session the open source flow models
Delft3D-FLOW and SWASH will be introduced in a tutorial manner. One of these computer models (or another computer model
if the student wants so) will be used in the following practicals. Matlab is employed for post-processing of the model results. The
content of the subsequent lectures and practicals are:
1) the initial and (open) boundary conditions

2) two-dimensional shallow water equations and related physics
3) the advection scheme; momentum and energy head conservations
4) time-marching methods to solve unsteady problems (ADI and theta-method)
5) three-dimensional shallow water equations
6) barotropic and baroclinic flow modelling, transport equations and turbulence modelling
7) numerical aspects of three-dimensional modelling (sigma layers versus z-layers, anti-creep, Forester filter, flux limiting)
8) non-hydrostatic wave-flow modelling (lock exchange, short waves)
Study Goals Learning some basics of applying a computer model with respect to hydrodynamics and hydraulics. Of crucial importance is the
knowledge concerning the abilities and limitations of the computer model. The goal is three-fold:
1) to understand what a numerical model is actually doing

2) appreciate its promises and limitations
3) to prevent you to think the numerical model as a black box
Education Method Lectures and practical with exercises.
Literature and Study Lecture notes are available on Blackboard.
Materials
Obligatory other materials:
A list of literature is available on Blackboard.

1. User Manual of Delft3D-Flow to be found on Blackboard
2. User Manual of SWASH to be found on Blackboard
3. concise Matlab tutorial te be found on Blackboard
4. syllabus to be found on Blackboard;
5. Matlab scripts and some other helpful files on Blackboard
Assessment Oral exam based on report dealing with the theory on shallow water equations, the associated physics and the applied numerical
approach. Your report must also include your analysis of the model assessment based on the practical.
Tags Analysis
Computer Engineering
Fluid Mechanics
Mathematics
Matlab
Modelling
Numeric Methods
Software
Water Engineering
Expected prior Knowledge fluid mechanics, open channel flow, river engineering and computational modelling
Literature & Study Lecture notes are available on Blackboard.
Materials

Judgement Report grade
Permitted Materials during N/A
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 29 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Specialisation Rivers, Ports and Waterways, Field Dredging Engineering (HE-RPW-DE), Required Courses
Page 30 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. S.A. Miedema
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
Course Contents The course focuses on 3 main dredging processes:
The cutting of sand, clay and rock;
These are explained in detail.
Exercises allow participants to apply the knowledge gained in practical situations.
In dredging, trenching, (deep sea) mining, drilling, tunnel boring and many other applications, sand, clay or rock has to be
excavated. The productions (and thus the dimensions) of the excavating equipment range from mm3/sec - cm3/sec to m3/sec. In
oil drilling layers with a thickness of a magnitude of 0.2 mm are cut, while in dredging this can be of a magnitude of 0.1 m with
cutter suction dredges and meters for clamshells and backhoes. Some equipment is designed for dry soil, while others operate
under water saturated conditions. Installed cutting powers may range up to 10 MW. For both the design, the operation and
production estimation of the excavating equipment it is important to be able to predict the cutting forces and powers.
The book gives an overview of cutting theories. It starts with a generic model, which is valid for all types of soil (sand, clay and
rock) after which the specifics of dry sand, water saturated sand, clay, rock and hyperbaric rock are covered. For each soil type
small blade angles and large blade angles, resulting in a wedge in front of the blade, are discussed. The failure mechanism of
sand, dry and water saturated, is the so called Shear Type. The failure mechanism of clay is the so called Flow Type, but under
certain circumstances also the Curling Type and the Tear Type are possible. Rock will usually fail in a brittle way. This can be
brittle tensile failure, the Tear Type, for small blade angles, but it can also be brittle shear failure, which is of the Shear Type of
failure mechanism for larger blade angles. Under hyperbaric conditions rock may also fail in a more ductile way according to the
Flow Type of failure mechanism.
For each case considered, the equations/model for the cutting forces, power and specific energy are given. The models are
verified with laboratory research, mainly at the Delft University of Technology, but also with data from literature.
Study Goals Understand and reproduce the Mohr circle;
Understand and reproduce the theory of passive and active soil failure;
Understanding the soil mechanical parameters important for cutting processes;
Understanding and make calculations regarding the 2-D cutting theory in water-saturated sand;
Understanding and make calculations regarding the 2-D theory in clay;
Understanding and reproduce the basic cutting theory of rock cutting;
Understanding and reproduce the hyperbaric cutting theory of rock cutting.
Education Method lectures and bonus assignments
Literature and Study obligatory lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Materials The Delft Sand, Clay & Rock Cutting Model.
Available at Leeghwater and downloadable from IOS Press.
Assessment Written exam (open book) and bonus assignments.
2 points for the bonus assignments and 10 points for the written exam.
If the grade is 5 or lower the bonus points are added to the exam grade.
If the grade is 5 or higher the final grade is: exam grade plus (10-exam grade)/5 times bonus points.
Remarks Old course code: OE4626
Summary
The course focuses on 3 main dredging processes:
Participants succesfully completing this course will be equipped to make predictive quantitative determinations related to these
processes.
Department 3mE Department Maritime & Transport Technology
Contact Dr.ir. S.A. Miedema (s.a.miedema@tudelft.nl)
Page 31 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Specialisation Rivers, Ports and Waterways, Field Ports and Waterways (HE-RPW-PW), Required Courses
Page 32 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Expected prior knowledge CIE5306 uses CIE4740, CIE4330, CIE5300, CIE5303, CIE5307, CIE5308, CIE5309, CIE5311, CIE5316 and CIE5317
Summary Functional design of port terminals; ro/ro terminals; liquid bulk terminals; dry bulk terminals; fishery ports; marinas; IWT-ports;
capacities of inland waterways; capacities of open inland waterways; capacities of constructions of inland waterways; functional
design of locks; simulation models in ports and inland waterways; introduction simulation models
stochastic models; computer simulation models/ boundary conditions/ evaluation output.
Course Contents Ports and Terminals
1. General cargo- and multipurpose terminals
non-containerised general cargo, number of berths and quay length, storage area and overall terminal lay-out, multipurpose
terminals
2. Ro/ro and ferry terminals
lay-out ro/ro and ferry terminals, special design aspects
3. Liquid bulk terminals
oil- and gas carriers, nature of the products, terminals, the berth, jetties, dolphins, storage areas, offshore terminals
4. Dry bulk terminals
dry bulk commodities, dry bulk ships, unloading systems, loading systems, on-terminal handling and storage, climatic and
environmental considerations
5. Fishery ports
types of fishery ports, site selection, fishing vessels, port planning, unloading equipment, fishery port organisation and
management
6. Marinas
yachting and yachts, general lay-out of the port, basins and berths, port structures
7. Ports and terminals for inland water transport
vessels, types of ports, terminals
Capacities of inland waterways

1. Explanation terms used, operational capacity, intensity, density, water resistance, ship speed
2. Open waterways
calculation methods based on knowledge and experience, virtual area, simulation
3. Closed waterways
lock cycle, lock capacity, passing times, cycle times and waiting times
4. Vessel traffic service
history, radar systems, VTS- Amsterdam-Tiel, registration and utilisation, River Information Systems
5. Safety
safety in general, risk analysis, probability of failure in practice, codes
Service systems in ports and inland waterways

1. Deterministic and stochastic models
2. Simulation tools random numbers, sampling from distribution functions, used for the description of port- and inland
navigation systems
3. Computer simulation models description methods, components and attributes, structure of the computer model; examples of
simulation models
4. Analysis of input- and output data characteristics of the relevant distribution functions, Chi square test, Kolmogorov Smirnov
test.
Study Goals 1. The student is capable to analyse and evaluate relevant processes in ports and waterways;
2. The student is capable to create and develop a functional design and basic layout of specific port terminals;
3. The student has knowledge of the capacity controlling parameters of port systems;
4. The student has knowledge of the capacity controlling parameters of inland waterways;
5. The student is capable to create and develop a functional design of a canal with locks;
6. The student has knowledge of and can apply nautical traffic simulation models;
7. The student has knowledge of functions and operations of maritime and inland Vessel Traffic Management;
8. The student has knowledge on nautical safety.
Education Method Lectures, simulation exercise, Maasvlakte-2 game and excursion (traffic centre)
Literature and Study
Materials
Assessment Oral exam and computer simulation exercise
Expected prior Knowledge CIE5306 uses CIE4740, CIE4330, CIE5300, CIE5303, CIE5307, CIE5308, CIE5309, CIE5311, CIE5316 and CIE5317
Literature & Study Obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s):
Materials 1. Ports and Terminals - Ligteringen en Velsink, ISBN 978-90-6562-288-4
2. Capacities of Inland Waterways, R.Groenveld, H.J.Verheij en C. Stolker, 2006
3. Service Systems in Ports and Inland Terminals, R.Groenveld, 2007
Available from VSSD.
Handouts (available via Blackboard)
Judgement The computer simulation exercise will be rewarded with a mark. This mark will be taken into account for 20% when determining
Page 33 of 238
the final mark for the oral exam when the mark of that exam is at least 5.
If the mark for the computer simulation exercise is 5.0 or less, an additional exercise has to be done. In that case the final mark
for the exercise is determined by averaging the old and the new mark. The mark for the computer simulation exercise can be
used twice. If the student has to make the oral exam for the third time he/she has to make the computer simulation exercise again.
Permitted Materials during non
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 34 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Specialisation Environmental Fluid Mechanics (HE-EFM)
Page 35 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
breaking).
Materials exams.
Collegerama Yes
Page 36 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
2
Start Education 1
Exam Period 2
3
recommended.

Materials

Tags Analysis
Calculus
Fluid Mechanics
Lineair Algebra
Mathematics
Matlab
Modelling
Numeric Methods
Software
Transport phenomena
Water Engineering
recommended.
Materials

Collegerama Yes
Page 37 of 238
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr. J.D. Pietrzak
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Expected prior knowledge Basic fluid mechanics and/or oceanography.
Summary Learn about the role of stratification along the Dutch coast and beyond. Stratified flows occur everywhere in our environment.
Stratification dominates our world and changes all that happens around us. Knowledge of stratified flows is essential to
environmental fluid mechanics, offshore engineering, hydraulic engineering and dredging. This course offers an introduction to
this fascinating topic.
We have been fortunate to have a series of excellent guest lecturers in past years; with speakers from companies such as Shell,
Deltares, and Port of Rotterdam.
If you wish to participate in the course but have commitments to study trips abroad or practical work experience please let me
know before the course starts and we can make other arrangements.
Course Contents We introduce essential material on estuaries and regions of freshwater influence (ROFIs); with many relevant examples from the
Rotterdam Waterway and the Rhine ROFI. We consider the basic properties of internal waves and how they may impact offshore
activities at the shelf break, and demonstrate the importance of stratification on the distribution of sediment in an estuary and on
dredging operations.
1. Introduction to stratification, estuaries and regions of freshwater influence with examples from the Rotterdam Waterway and
Rhine ROFI.
2. 3D - equations of motion. The two-layer model.
3. Consequences of stratification. Lock-exchange and exchange flow examples. Two-layer wind driven flow example.
4. Short and long Internal waves. Kelvin Helmholtz instability and mixing.
5. Steady state two layer flows with friction. Internal hydraulic jumps and gravity currents.
6. Estuarine and coastal flows. Competition between buoyancy and mixing.
7. Stratification in the southern North Sea.
Study Goals 1. An understanding of why small density differences may have a significant effect on the flow;
2. Insight into the basic physics governing flow in estuaries and coastal seas;
3. Knowledge of internal waves, steady state two layer flows with friction, fronts, Kelvin Helmholtz instability, turbulence and
mixing in estuaries and coastal seas;
4. An introduction to the physical processes that need to be accurately modelled in engineering projects of stratified coastal
regions and seas.
5. To develop the background knowledge needed for MSc projects on stratified flows with examples from industry.
Education Method Lectures, individual exercise
Literature and Study "Stratified Flows" and extra classroom material placed on blackboard
Materials
Assessment Depending on the number of students, the assessment will be either written or oral and may be partially based on the exercise.
Expected prior Knowledge Basic fluid mechanics and or oceanography
Academic Skills Critical thinking, problem solving
Literature & Study Lecture notes and online materials
Materials
Judgement Exam
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 38 of 238
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. W.S.J. Uijttewaal
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Expected prior knowledge CIE5312 uses CTB2110 and CTB3350
Summary Stochastic description of turbulence, experimental techniques, balance equations for mass, momentum and energy, Reynolds
equations, closure problems, turbulent flows in practice, modelling turbulence, turbulent diffusion and dispersion.
Course Contents 1. Stochastic description of turbulence: mean velocity, higher statistical moments, velocity correlations, energy density spectra;
2. Experimental techniques: single point measurements, whole field techniques; flow visualisation; optical, acoustical, and
electromagnetical measurement methods;
3. Balance equations: conservation of mass, Navier-Stokes equations, turbulent kinetic energy, energy cascade;
4. Reynolds equation: decomposition of velocities in (ensemble) averaged and fluctuating velocities, the closure problem for the
Reynolds stresses, turbulent transports;
5. Turbulent flows in practice: boundary layer approximation, the flow near a wall, free turbulence, flow in complex geometries,
recirculation and separation;
6. Turbulence modelling: constant Eddy viscosity, mixing length approximation, k-epsilon, Large Eddy Simulation;
7. Turbulent diffusion and dispersion: Reynolds-analogy, the effects of turbulence on dispersion.
Study Goals 1. Insight in turbulence phenomena and associated non-linear processes;
2. The ability to make estimates concerning lenght scales and velocity scales that characterise the turbulent motions;
3. A feeling for the effects of turbulence on bed material, structures and the transport of matter;
4. Knowledge concerning currently applied turbulence models and their restrictions;
5. A view on new developments in the field of turbulence research.
Education Method Interactive lectures
Literature and Study Lecture notes "Turbulence in Hydraulics", available at the Blackboard website.
Materials
Assessment Oral exam
Expected prior Knowledge A good knowledge of fluid mechanics and differential equations
Academic Skills Thinking in physical processes and theoretical concepts. Integrating knowledge from different disciplines.
Literature & Study Lecture notes, and some scientific papers
Materials
Judgement Exam-grade
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 39 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4


Materials

Tags Analysis
Fluid Mechanics
Mathematics
Matlab
Modelling
Numeric Methods
Software
Water Engineering
Materials

Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 40 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr. C.A. Katsman
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Expected prior knowledge CIE5317 uses CT2100 and CT3310
Summary Properties of sea water, equations of motion with Coriolis Force, wind driven circulation, thermohaline effects, tides and large
scale variability.
Course Contents 1. Density, Temperature, Salinity and their distribution.
2. Equations of motion with Coriolis Force;
3. Currents without friction: Geostrophic currents, thermal wind relationship, Taylor-Proudman, Inertial oscillations, Potential
Vorticity;
4. Currents with friction; Ekman layer; Ekman transport, Wind driven circulation;
5. Themohaline effects;
6. Tides;
7. Large scale oscillations such as El-Nino and the North Atlantic Oscillation.
Study Goals 1. Insight into the basic physics governing flow in the oceans;
2. Derivation of the equations of motion with Coriolis force;
3. Understanding the wind driven circulation and the thermohaline circulation;
4. Knowledge of tides and large scale variability.
Education Method Lectures, classroom participation and exercises
Literature and Study Obligatory lecture notes
Materials "An introduction to Physical Oceanography", available as printout from room 2.91
Obligatory and recommended other materials: available at the Blackboard website.

Assessment Written exam (open questions)
Expected prior Knowledge CIE2100 and CIE3310
Academic Skills Critical thinking
Literature & Study Lecture Notes and material provided online
Materials
Judgement Bonus, assignment
Calculation: exam grade

Exam
Collegerama No
Page 41 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Specialisation Hydraulic Structures and Flood Risk (HE-HSFR)
Page 42 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Specialisation Hydraulic Structures and Flood Risk (HE-HSFR) Required Courses
Page 43 of 238
Responsible Instructor Prof.ir. A.Q.C. van der Horst
Instructor Dr.ir. C.R. Braam
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Summary Understanding the nature and implication of selected structural design aspects such as shape, dimensions, material and design
approaches on the one hand and the construction considerations such as execution methods, schedules and costs on the other
hand and their interdependency in an integrated building process of a concrete structure. This involves thorough knowledge and
understanding of project characteristics, control systems, methodology of the process and supporting systems in order to
optimise cost driver aspects in conceptual and final design.
Course Contents Lectures:
Construction technology from a process prospective: interdependency of functional requirements, conceptual design, engineering
and construction.
Identification of cost drivers and optimisation of cost driver effects in both conceptual and final design.
Outline design and optimisation of concrete structures based on principles of repetition, shape effects, planning aspects and
governing details.
Tender phase of design - construct contracts: multidisciplinairy interaction between engineering, cost estimate, planning and
construction aspects; strategic outline design development; risk management in engineering; IDEF technology to structure
engineering processes.
The added value and weakness of serviceability Limit State Design: principles of SLS; interaction of SLS aspects with
construction technology; interdependency of functional requirements and workmanship.
Construction technology in support of durability of concrete structures: effects of workmanship and details; mix design effects.
Formwork: conventional and tailor made formwork.
Handling of concrete at site: sequence of events, basics of handling, placing, treatment and curing of concrete.
Underwater concrete: historical perspective and state of the art of underwater concrete applications. Design of underwater
concrete concepts including foundation concepts and details. Construction aspects of underwater concrete: equipment, tolerances
and workmanship.
Quality assurance of both the engineering process and the construction process of concrete structures.
Details as far as governing the performance of concrete structures: joints, cast in items and box outs.
Examples of interdependency and interaction between structural engineering and construction in the field of port structures:
caissons, blockwalls and jetties.
Case study:
A case study is performed as group work. The case can be selected from either Construction or Heavy Civil Engineering.
Presentation, as a team, of the group work.
Study Goals Upon succesful completion of this subject, the student should be able to:
1. To identify the basic elements such as project characteristics, control systems, methodology and supporting systems in an
integrated design process for concrete structures;
2. To identify characteristics dictating the way a concrete building project is being managed in practice and emphasis on the
methodology to be adopted when worked out;
3. To optimise the process of design and construction in terms of costs, time and maintenance in selecting a construction process,
a construction schedule and investment in temporary works;
4. To develop a design methodology in which cost aspects regarding repetition effect, investments in type and amount of
formwork and schedules of levelling labour force are being dealt with;
5. To demonstrate actions which can be taken to control the design process and to assure the quality of the engineering process
and the construction process;
6. To generate different design concepts and to select one of them in view of costs, execution time and durability;
7. To implement all these aspects in a case study.
Education Method Lectures, instructions, case study
Course Relations CT4170 uses CT3051 and CT3150
Materials Construction Technology of civil engineering structures
(Lecture notes September 2015)
Available at Blackboard.

Powerpoint presentations of lectures (Blackboard)
Handwritten notes during lectures
Assessment Case study and oral examination
Enrolment / Application Enrolment through TAS (Exam Enrolment System)
Remarks Participation in examination is only permitted after succesful completion of the case study.
Contact Prof. ir. A.Q.C. van der Horst, room 2.04 Stevin II
Telephone 0182 590627, e-mail A.Q.C.vanderHorst@tudelft.nl
Expected prior Knowledge CT4170 uses CT3051 and CT3150
Academic Skills Thinking,Cooperation,Judgemental Skills, Logic, Reasoning
Literature & Study Lecturenotes, PowerPoint presentation
Materials
Judgement The examination and case study each contribute 50% of the mark.
Permitted Materials during all material allowed for the exercise
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 44 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
breaking).
Materials exams.
Collegerama Yes
Page 45 of 238
Responsible Instructor Ir. W.F. Molenaar
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Expected prior knowledge CIE5313 is an integrating course and uses general knowledge about hydraulic structures (CTB3355/CIE3330), soil mechanics,
hydraulics, concrete and steel structures.
Course Contents Structures for cargo transfer in ports: Quays and Jetties.
Analysis of the functional requirements for quay and jetty structures. Generation of structural alternatives and selection of the
most promising; financial and technical feasibility; conceptual design of typical quay and jetty structures;
Analysis of the requirements and the conceptual design of other berthing and mooring structures.
Flood defense structures in coastal areas and along rivers: Storm surge and high water barriers, and structures for the controlled
discharge of water: Weirs.
For both type of structures: Functional requirements and Life Cycle analysis; conceptual design will be evaluated especially on
the technical feasibility of the (hydraulic) structure; further detailing taking into account overall stability and construction stage.
Specific detailing subjects caused by the (turbulent) nature of water flow and the resulting dynamic interaction with closing
elements, i.e. gates or valves
Specific subjects:
- Design for construction
- Gate excitation & vibration
- Life Cycle Asset Management
- Quay or barrier of the future
The items under 'Special projects' and 'Specific subjects' may change from year to year.
Study Goals The course should enable students to produce a (pre)design for hydraulic structures like quays, jetties, weirs and barriers, based
on a life cycle approach.
Education Method Lectures and a design exercise by teams of two students.
Literature and Study Syllabus: available at the first lectures.
Materials
Recommended lecturenote(s) / textbook(s):
Handboek kademuren, CUR, Port of Rotterdam, Gemeentewerken Rotterdam, 2003, Gouda, ISBN 90 3760 282, available at
SBRCURnet.
There is a first(2006) and a second (2014) English version of Quay Walls ISBN 978-1-138-00023-0 (handback) or ISBN: 978-1-
315-77831-0 (eBook PDF), SBRCURNET-publication 211E.
Assessment During the oral examination students have to defend their work done during the exercise and answer more general questions.
Permitted Materials during Everything
Tests
Expected prior Knowledge Course CIE3330
Academic Skills Be able to analyse a design problem and come up with alternative solutions
Literature & Study Have adequate knowledge of the syllabus
Materials
Judgement The judgement will partly be based on the written report of the design work and the answers to specific questions about this
design work(~75%) and more general questions about the content of other parts of the course not covered by the design work
(~25%).
Permitted Materials during All materials are permitted
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 46 of 238
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. S.N. Jonkman
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents Basics of flood defences: objectives, types, failure modes
Flood risk assessment: failure probabilities, consequence analysis, risk quantification and reliability based design
Hydraulic boundary conditions
Failure modes and designing for failure modes: Overtopping, revetments, piping, stability (including exercises for relevant
failure modes)
Safety assessment (toetsing in Dutch), design, management and maintenance
Planning, construction and execution aspects of flood defences
Other topics:
- International context and failure cases (e.g. New Orleans, Germany)
- Recent developments, e.g. multifunctional flood defences and other integrated solutions.
Study Goals Students should be able
To explain the principles, objectives and types of flood defences and their functioning; construction aspects, failure modes and
risk assessment and the societal context;
To perform a risk assessment and make design of flood defence systems;
To apply (basics of) relevant methods and models for design and safety assessment
Education Method Lectures and exercise(s)
Literature and Study Obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s):
Materials - Lecture notes "Flood Defences", will be made available on blackboard.
- Relevant background materials will be provided on blackboard
- Lecture slides are part of the study and examination materials
Assessment - Exercise: this will be a case study on safety assessment and design of measures for a dike. Time to be spent on the exercise is
about 2 - 4 days. Exercise can be done in groups (2 or 3).
- Oral exam, in groups of 2 (can only be taken after adequately completing the exercise)
Contact Contact:
J. van den Bos: j.p.vandenbos@tudelft.nl
S.N. Jonkman: s.n.jonkman@tudelft.nl
For practical and logistical matters, contact mr Stephan Rikkert (s.j.h.rikkert@tudelft.nl)
Expected prior Knowledge BsC civil engineering or equivalent, esp. general hydraulic and geotechnical engineering
Academic Skills - basic analysis and computer skills
- critical thinking and systems approach (covering hydraulic, geotechnical and structural aspects of flood defences, as well as
aspects related to the safety and societal context)
Materials - Manual flood defences (Waterkeringen), will be made available on blackboard.
Judgement The evaluation and marking of this course is based on the performance during the oral exam.
Permitted Materials during no written materials permitted or needed during the exam.
Exam
Collegerama Yes
No
Page 47 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Specialisation Hydraulic Structures and Flood Risk - Field Hydraulic Structures (HE-HSFR-HS) Required
Courses
Page 48 of 238
Responsible Instructor Ir. J.W. Welleman
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Course Contents - Introduction in to work and energy methods
- Influence lines
- Non symmetrical and inhomogeneous cross sections - stresses and deformations
- Theory of plasticity
Education Method tutorial
Course Relations Basic course in Statics and Strength of Materials is required as well as the second years course Structural Mechanics 3
Literature and Study Course introduction via the website or blackboard:
Materials
syllabus: "Structural Mechanics 4: Nonsymmetrical and inhomogeneous cross sections", J.W. Welleman (download in pdf via
BlackBoard)
book: "Work, energy methods & influence lines, Capita selecta in engineering mechanics", J.W. Welleman, ISBN
9789072830951, Bouwen met Staal, 2016
book: "Toegepaste Mechanica deel 3; Coenraad Hartsuijker en Hans Welleman, ISBN 9039505950 or English alternative via
lecturer
Sheets, assignments and software via http:http://icozct.tudelft.nl/TUD_CT/ or BlackBoard.

Permitted Materials during Scientific (graphical) calculator without CAS and pdf-capabilities and without wifi and or bluetooth connection.
Tests
Expected prior Knowledge Basic fundamental courses in math and mechanics
Literature & Study Course introduction via the website or blackboard:
Materials
BlackBoard)
9789072830951, Bouwen met Staal, 2016
lecturer

Judgement Written exam is final grade
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 49 of 238
Responsible Instructor Ir. Y. Yang
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Expected prior knowledge Concrete and Steel Structures
Structural Mechanics I
Structural Mechanics II
Structural Mechanics III
Parts The course Concrete Structures 2 (CIE3150) contains two theoretical parts and one accompanying exercise.
Reinforced concrete. This part consists of one way and two way spanning slabs, punching shear and crack width control.
Statically determinate prestressed girders. Design of prestressed concrete girders, prestress losses, capacity and detailing.
In the exercise "prestressed concrete" a prestressed girder of a bridge is designed.
Summary The main goal of this course is to learn to apply calculation methods to design and assess the serviceability and safety of
reinforced and statically determinate prestressed structures.
Course Contents Introduction about the differences in the design of reinforced concrete and prestressed concrete.
Design of reinforced concrete slabs spanning in one and two directions. Including different calculation methods for the internal
forces, such as elastic analysis and equilibrium method for slabs with beams and flat slabs.
Punching shear resistance. Theory and application.
Crack width control based on the tensile member model in both crack formation stage & stabilized cracking stage.
Design of statically determinate prestressed concrete girders. Principles and materials, and prestressing as an external load.
Prestress losses: friction, slip, creep, shrinkage, relaxation.
Bending moment capacity, ultimate limit state.
Detailing, introduction of prestressing forces.
Determine cross-sections and rebar configurations of one way spanning slabs, two way spanning slabs and flat slabs, based on
theory of elasticity or equilibrium method.
Identify detail areas and apply the punching shear check and crack width control of reinforced concrete in those areas.
Determine cross-sections and tendon configurations of pre-stressed concrete girders and explain the influence of the design on
internal forces and stresses.
Calculate prestress losses.
Calculate the capacity of prestressed concrete girders in ULS.
Determine rebar configurations in the areas in which (prestressing) forces are introduced.
This course is 4 ECTS, which corresponds to a study load of 112 hours. The presented study load is indicative and might vary
based on the prior knowledge of the student.
Lectures 28 hours
Exercise 20 hours
Self-study 45 hours
Preparation for the exam 16 hours
Exam 3 hours
Education Method The education methods exist of lectures in combination with one exercise and self-study. Furthermore, students can actively
participate with elective, formative questions during the lecture series.
Course Relations Concrete Structures 2 is used by: Prestressed Concrete, Structural engineering courses.
Literature and Study Textbook reinforced concrete Structural Safety, Concrete Structures I, chapter 14 and 15.
Materials Textbook Prestressed concrete Concrete Structures I & II, version December 2011 or more recent. Chapter 1-4, 6, 7, 10.
Example reinforced concrete.
Example and exercise prestressed concrete.
Assessment The learning objectives will be assessed based on the exercise and the exam, both with criterion based grading. It is only allowed
to attend the examination after approval of the compulsory exercise. The course is finalized with a 3 hour written examination.
Permitted Materials during Calculator as decribed by the examination regulations
Tests 1 - A4 with hand written notes (one side only).
Judgement The result of the written examination is registered when the compulsory exercise is completed.
Page 50 of 238
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr. A. Metrikine
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Course Contents Introduction.
Challenging dynamic problems of modern civil engineering; Types and sources of dynamic loading on structures; Dynamic
behavior of systems with 1 and 2 degrees of freedom revisited: main phenomena, introduction to the Fourier Analysis.
Stability of discrete systems with 1 and 2 degrees of freedom

The notion of the dynamic stability. The criterion of instability of linear dynamical systems. Galopping and flutter.
Vibrations of discrete systems with N degrees of freedom (N DOF).

Derivation of equations of motion; Free vibrations of undamped N DOF systems: natural frequencies and normal modes, modal
mass matrix and modal stiffness matrix, the Rayleigh method; Forced vibrations of undamped N DOF systems: Modal Analysis,
the steady-state response to a harmonic load, the frequency-response function. Modal Analysis, Fourier Analysis, the steady-state
response to a harmonic load of N DOF systems with viscous damping.
Vibrations of one-dimensional (1D) continuous systems of finite length.

Derivation of equations of motion for beam in bending, beam in shear, rod in axial motion, rod in torsion and taut cable; The
boundary and interface conditions for continuous systems; Free vibrations of undamped 1D continuous systems: the method of
separation of variables, natural frequencies and normal modes; Forced vibrations of 1D continuous systems (both with and
without viscous damping): Modal Analysis, Fourier Analysis, the steady-state response to a harmonic load.
Waves in one-dimensional (1D) continuous systems.

Excitation, propagation, reflection and transmission of pulses in cables and rods; Harmonic waves and representation of traveling
pulses as the superposition of the harmonic waves; Dispersion Analysis; The steady-state response of piles and rails to harmonic
loads.
behavior of systems with 1 and 2 degrees of freedom revisited: main phenomena, introduction to the Fourier Analysis, aero-
elastic instabilities (galloping and flutter).
Study Goals The goal of this course is to introduce various dynamic models of structures and to acquaint the students with the main ideas and
methods of structural dynamics.
Course Relations CT 4140 is based upon CTB2300.
Literature and Study Mandatory Material:
Materials 1. Spijkers J.M.J., Vrouwenvelder, A.C.W.M., Klaver E.C., Structural Dynamics; Part 1: Structural Vibrations. Lecture Notes
CT 4140.
2. Metrikine, A.V., Vrouwenvelder, A.C.W.M., Structural Dynamics; Part 2: Wave Dynamics. Lecture Notes CT 4140.
3. Lecture Slides (available on Blackboard)
Assessment Written open book exam.
Permitted Materials during No intermidiate tests are planned.
Tests
Expected prior Knowledge The knowledge of the dynamics of SDOf systems and 2 DOF systems without damping; The displacement method and Lagrange
formalism.
Academic Skills Analytical thinking; Critical appraisal
Literature & Study Mandatory Material:
CT 4140.
Judgement Based on the result of the written exam.
Permitted Materials during Consulting any written text brought in by the students is permitted during the exam; although texting (as well as talking) by
Exam mobile phone is prohibited.
Collegerama Yes
Page 51 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. C.R. Braam
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
Summary This course concerns the fundamental aspects and points of interest in the design and detailing of prestressed concrete structures.
A detailed overview of different techniques and their characterics is presented, covering pre-tensioning, post-tensioning, partially
prestressing, external prestressing and bonded and unbonded tendons. The equivalent prestressing load approach as a general
procedure in the flexural analysis of statically determinate and statically indeterminate structures is introduced. The effects of
shrinkage, creep and relaxation on loss of prestressing and redistribution of forces are discussed. Special attention is given to the
crack width control in partially prestressed members and the bending moment and shear resistance in general. Strut and tie
models are used for shear resistance and to introduce forces in disturbed regions. Detailing of prestressed structures is discussed.
Course Contents Basic concepts of prestressing and technology aspects of pretensioning and post-tensioning
Prestressed concrete behaviour presented for members subjected to pure axial load and to combined flexure and axial load
Response of prestressed concrete members to sectional forces such as axial load, bending moment and shear
Allowable stresses in design computations to meet requirements from ultimate and serviceability limit states
Equivalent prestressing load approach to determine the forces in statically indeterminate prestressed systems
Fundamentals of shrinkage, creep and relaxation
Loss of prestressing and redistribution of forces caused by shrinkage, creep and relaxation
Bending moment capacity in ultimate limit state
Shear resistance of prestressed concrete; design for shear based on strut and tie models
Partially prestressed concrete; control of crack width
Detailing of prestressed structures; disturbed regions from concentrated loads, e.g. in anchorage zones
Example on the use of strut and tie models in the design of a beam with a dapped end
Characteristics of partially prestressed concrete
Unbonded post-tensioning
External post-tensioning
Study Goals After successful completion of this course, the student should be able to understand and to predict the response of prestressed
concrete members and to design prestressed concrete structures. The student understands and applies the basic concepts of
prestressed concrete and the technologies on pretensioning and post-tensioning and bonded and unbounded tendons.
The student should be able to demonstrate and calculate:
the influence of time dependent effects on the loss of prestressing;
the characteristic advantages and disadvantages of external prestressing;
The student can calculate:
the shear and bending moment resistance of prestressed concrete structures, both statically determinate and statically
indeterminate;
the crack width in partially prestressed concrete structures.
The student can apply strut and tie models.
Education Method Lectures, examples
Materials Prestressed Concrete
Other material:
Elaborated examples (a selection from exams) on Prestressed Concrete
Prerequisites CTB2220 Steel and Concrete Structures 1
CTB3335/CIE3150 Fundamentals of prestressed concrete with regard to statically determinate structures
CTB1110 Structural Mechanics 1
CTB3330 / CIE3109 Structural Mechanics 4
Assessment Grade = Written exam (with open questions) result
Permitted Materials during One page A4-format(use one side only) with homemade notes and a calculator
Tests
Remarks Final grade = written exam result
Contact C.R. Braam, room 2.06 Stevin II
Telephone +31 (0)15 2782779, e-mail c.r.braam@tudelft.nl
Judgement Grade = written exam result
Page 52 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
breaking).
Materials exams.
Collegerama Yes
Page 53 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Specific subjects:
Materials
SBRCURnet.
Tests
Materials
(~25%).
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 54 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Specialisation Hydraulic Structures and Flood Risk - Field Flood Risk (HE-HSFR-FR) Required Courses
Page 55 of 238
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. T.J. Heimovaara
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Summary This course is identical to the bachelor elective course CTB3390 Mechanics can Transport by flow through porous media. Please
enrol in CTB3390 in Blackboard to find all details. Please make sure to choose CIE3325 when enrolling for the exam in
OSIRIS!
Course Contents See CTB3390
Study Goals See CTB3390
Education Method See CTB3390
Assessment See CTB3390: Please note that for CTB3390 you need to enroll with the correct code in OSIRIS (CTB3390)
Expected prior Knowledge
See CTB3390
Academic Skills
See CTB3390
Literature & Study
Materials See CTB3390
Judgement
See CTB3390
Permitted Materials during
Exam See CTB3390
Collegerama Yes

x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
breaking).
Materials exams.
Collegerama Yes
Page 56 of 238
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr. C. Jommi
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents The course deals with embankments for earthworks, with special focus on dikes and road and railway construction.
Embankments are often built on soft soil. Therefore, deformation, for example settlement and stability, are important items in
embankment design. Furthermore, due to soft soil behaviour, the construction of an embankment will have consequences for its
surroundings. A special category of embankments is formed by water retaining structures, such as dikes and levees. These types
of embankments were constructed in the past, some even in the Middle Ages. To prove that they still meet the design
requirements, stability assessment of these old dikes and levees is required.
Main items of the course are:

Consolidation behaviour and analysis of settlements
Strength of soil and stability analysis
Field and Laboratory testing: choice of the parameters
Construction techniques
Attention will be given to geosynthetics, which can be used to reduce the footprint of soil structures. In order to understand the
interaction between soil and geosynthetics, the different kinds of geosynthetics are described and their material properties are
dealt with. This gives insight in:
Strength / stiffness
Permeability
Durability
Interaction between geosynthetics and various soil types, leading to soil reinforcement.
Study Goals At the end of the course the student should be familiar with:
- relevant aspects of the engineering behaviour of embankments
- subsoil and construction soil characterisation
- design rules
- assessment techniques
Education Method Lectures & practice.
Compulsory home assignements
Assessment Written assignements : 60%
Oral examination: 40%
Literature & Study Lecture notes, literature
Materials CUR 162 Building on soft soils, available at Civieltechnisch Centrum Uitvoering
Research en Regelgeving: P.O.Box 420, 2800 AK Gouda (NL)
Page 57 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Expected prior knowledge CIE5310 uses CIE4130
Summary CIE5310 tackles as main subjects the use of 1) multivariate probability distributions, 2) structured expert judgments, 3) extreme
value probability distributions 4) maintenance theory and 5)flooding probabilities. The context is in civil engineering in general,
and particularly in hydraulic engineering. Lectures where the theory is presented are complemented by lectures devoted
exclusively to practical (computer guided) exercises. The link to practice and other subjects relevant to the course is made
through a number of guest lectures.
Course Contents CIE5310 is a specialization course for CIE4130 with emphasis on 1) multivariate probability distributions, 2) structured expert
judgments, 3) extreme value probability distributions 4) maintenance theory and 5)flooding probabilities. Furthermore in this
course basic concepts connected to two courses in the MSc in Applied Mathematics: WI4050 Uncertainty and Sensitivity
Analysis and WI4138 Decision Theory/Expert Judgment are introduced. Theoretical aspects of multivariate probability
distributions (copulas, vines, Bayesian Networks) are presented and exemplified for applications in civil engineering. Topics
related to assessing subjective probability distributions from experts, obtaining empirical control over their judgments and
combining opinions based on this empirical control in a mathematically optimal way are also discussed and put to practice.
The learning objectives of the course are:

1)Students will be able to analyse:
a.A data set, evaluate what is an appropriate one dimensional parametric probability distribution and use it to compute
probabilities.
b.Data about maxima in terms of extreme value theory and return periods.
c.Bivariate data in terms of three of the most common parametric models (Gaussian, Clayton and Gumbel) and evaluate which of
the three is a better model for the bivariate data.
d.A problem subject to uncertainty analysis using the classical model for structured expert judgment and create the appropriate
design for the uncertainty analysis.
2)Students will be able to analyse and evaluate:
a.Flooding probabilities of a simple dike-ring.
b.Optimization of dike-ring maintenance using flooding probabilities, cost-benefit analysis and life cycle costing.
3)Students will be able to describe:
a.The concept of multivariate copula and multivariate probability distributions and their use in engineering
b.Basic Markov chains and gamma processes and their use in maintenance.
c.Insurance options for flooding.
Study Goals After the course, the student has to be able to understand reliability models and risk-based optimisation theory with applications
to hydraulic engineering.
Literature and Study Papers available in blackboard.
Materials
Matlab
Assessment Project for statistical data analysis covering learning objectives + Oral examination
Collegerama Yes
Page 58 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Specific subjects:
Materials
SBRCURnet.
Tests
Materials
(~25%).
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 59 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Specialisation Hydraulic Engineering and Water Resource Management (HE-NUS)
Page 60 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE NUS Required Courses
Page 61 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Course Contents Objectives of probabilistic design of civil structures.
Probability Calculus; Steps in a Risk Analysis; Inventory of possible unwanted events, effects and consequences; Determining
and evaluating the risk.
Decision-making based on risk analysis; Decision-making under uncertainties; Probabilistic analysis of the decision problem;
Frame of reference concerning safety; Current dutch safety standards; Generally applicable safety standards.
Reliability of an element; Limit state functions, strength and load; Ultimate and serviceability limit states; Strength of concrete,
steel, timber, soil, etc; Loads of traffic, wind, waves, water, earthquakes, precipitation, ice, etc; Time dependence.
Reliability calculation methods; Level III methods; Numerical integration; Monte carlo method; Level II methods; Non-linear
limit state functions; Non-normally distributed variables; Dependent random variables; Comparison of different calculation
methods.
Failure probability and life span; Deterioration processes; Risk calculation of systems with a variable rate of failure; Non
availability; Markov processes; Load combinations.
Strength calculation with level I method; Linking the level I method to the failure probability calculation; Standardisation of
lpha-values; Load combinations for level I strength calculations.
Reliability of systems; Probability of failure of the serial system; Probability of failure of the parallel system; FMEA (Failure
Modes and Effects Analysis); FMECA (Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis); Event tree; Fault tree; Cause
consequence chart; Reliability of correctable systems.
Scheduling the realisation of activities; Introduction to scheduling uncertainties; Influence of corrective measures on duration
and costs; Maintenance; Introduction to maintenance strategies; Effect of maintenance on risk; Influence of inspections.
Application areas; Structural safety of buildings, dikes, offshore platforms, bridges, etc; Maintenance and management; Quality
assurance; Safety management; Geostatistics; Reliability of software.
Study Goals After the course, the student has to be able to do Level I, II and III calculations, risk-based optimisations and system probability
calculations.
Materials Probabilistic Design

Tentamenbundel, available on blackboard.
Assessment Written exam: three questions, they refer mainly to different parts of the course
Permitted Materials during No restrictions for written material. Laptops or smartphones not allowed.
Tests
Judgement One mark, based on written exam.
Page 62 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. B. Hofland
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Contents Design of shoreline protection along rivers, canals and the sea; load on bed and shoreline by currents, wind waves and ship
motion; stability of elements under current and wave conditions; stability of shore protection elements; design methods,
construction methods.
Flow: recapitulation of basics from fluid mechanics (flow, turbulence), stability of individual grains (sand, but also rock) in
different type of flow conditions (weirs, jets), scour and erosion.
Porous Media: basic equation, pressures and velocities on the stability on the boundary layer; groundwater flow with
impermeable and semi-impermeable structures; granular filters and geotextiles.
Waves: recapitulation of the basics of waves, focus on wave forces on the land-water boundary, specific aspects of ship induced
waves, stability of elements under wave action (loose rock, placed blocks, impermeable layers)
Design: overview of the various types of protections, construction and maintenance; design requirements, deterministic and
probabilistic design; case studies, examples
Materials and environment: overview of materials to be used, teraction with the aquatic environment, role of the land-water
boundary as part of the ecosystem; environmentally sound shoreline design.
Study Goals After this course the student has to be able to:
1. Explain the processes acting on the land-water boundary and be able to judge which parameters are relevant for the design;
2. Explain the basics of stability in flow and wave conditions (understand the concepts of Shields, Izbash, Sleath, Iribarren, Van
der Meer);
3. Design individually a shoreline protection along a river, a canal or the sea, including relevant details, like a toe protection;
4. Determine the boundary conditions for the design of a shoreline protection, and their probability of occurrence;
5. Design intermediate layers between armour and subsoil (filter design), both using a granular filter as well as a geotextile;
6. Determine the method to construct the design (execution methods), especially how to place the rock and/or concrete element
as well as the bed protection.
7. Explain the basics of the physical modeling of bed- bank and shore protections.
Education Method Lectures, computer supported studying
Computer Use Students are advised to make some computational examples with the computer package CRESS; a probabilistic computation
using e.g. Prob2B is a compulsory exercise. The exercise will be made available via Blackboard.
Course Relations CIE4310 uses CTB2410 (Hydraulic Engineering) and CTB2110 (Fluid Mechanics)
Recommended to follow simultaneously or prior to CIE4310:
CIE4325 (Ocean Waves) and CIE4130 (probabilistic design)
Assessment Exercise and oral exam - The (individual) exercise can be found on Blackboard. - An appointment for the oral exam can be made
in room 3.71/3.73, when making the appointment the exercise has to be handed-in. No appointment for examination can be made
before the exercise has been handed in.
Exam Hours Usually on Wednesday (see schedule with secretary).
Expected prior Knowledge On the first page of the textbook the mandatory knowledge prior to this course is printed; this page is also available on
blackboard
Academic Skills Relevant academic skills for this course are understanding of the physical processes in bed, bank and shoreline protection and
being able to use this in the design of structures.
Literature & Study Course Information is available at the Blackboard website.
Materials
Compulsory: lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Bed, Bank and Shoreline protection (G.J. Schiereck)
Available at VSSD (also available in normal bookshops, but without reduction).

Several handouts, available at the Blackboard website. Guest lecture and visit to laboratory of Deltares. Also a number of videos
is available via blackboard. The contents of these videos is compulsory material.

Rock Manual (CIRIA CUR, 2007; available from bookshops,but free downloadable as pdf).
Overtopping Manual (downloadable from www.overtopping-manual.com)
Judgement During the oral exam the exercise is discussed; important element of the assessment is understanding in the (un)-reliability of the
various components in the calculation. The quality of exercise contributes to approx. 20% of the mark.
During the the remainder of the oral exam the understanding of the processes and the ability of the student to translate this
understanding in real life designs is assessed.
Permitted Materials during Open book examination (bring the book with you)
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 63 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Container terminals
Port studies
Queueing theory
Queueing systems
Some applications
Navigation speed
Navigation
Natural waterways

quality of life
Page 64 of 238
Available at VSSD.
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 65 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
2
Start Education 1
Exam Period 2
3
recommended.

Materials

Tags Analysis
Calculus
Fluid Mechanics
Lineair Algebra
Mathematics
Matlab
Modelling
Numeric Methods
Software
Transport phenomena
Water Engineering
recommended.
Materials

Collegerama Yes
Page 66 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. A. Blom
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Course Contents INTRODUCTION
River characteristics: streamwise variation in slope, width, discharge, friction, sorting patterns. Temporal variation in discharge
and water level. Types of rivers (meandering, braiding, anabranching). River functions and their (sometimes conflicting)
requirements to river management. River management around the world.
STEADY FLOW
1D shallow-water equations (1D-SWE) and simplifications for steady flow: normal flow equation or Chezy equation for steady
uniform flow; the backwater equation (and Bresse approximation) for steady non-uniform flow. Effects of width, friction and
depth on the conveyance of a river.
FLOOD WAVES
1D shallow-water equations (1D-SWE) and simplification for flood waves. Effects of width, friction and depth on celerity and
diffusion of flood waves. Computation of a design discharge.
BED LOAD TRANSPORT

Sediment properties, behaviour of sediment under steady uniform flow: critical Shields stress and incipient motion; bed load
transport relations.
SUSPENDED LOAD TRANSPORT

Advection equation for suspended load transport and associated erosion and deposition fluxes. Turbulent mixing and settling,
resulting in the Rouse profile. Depth-averaged suspended load transport.
INITIAL RIVER RESPONSE

Initial river response, i.e., backwater curves, after a change to the river system. Explanation of the Exner equation for
conservation of sediment mass. Initial degradation and aggradation after a change to the river system.
LONGTERM RIVER RESPONSE (STEADY DISCHARGE)

a steady discharge.
LONGTERM RIVER RESPONSE (NONSTEADY DISCHARGE)

a nonsteady discharge.
EFFECTS OF SEDIMENT SORTING ON LONGTERM RIVER RESPONSE

Sediment characteristics. Grain size distributions. Incipient motion and hiding. Grainsize-selective and partial transport. Sorting
patterns (e.g., armouring, dune sorting, lateral sorting). The Hirano equation. Effects of sorting on long-term response.
SEVERAL GUEST LECTURES

Dutch river management, Colombian rivers, Colorado River, Mississippi River, Flood risk, River restoration, and more.
Study Goals After this course you will be able to evaluate and predict the short-term and long-term response of a river system to natural and
anthropogenic changes. Furthermore, you will be able to design measures to counteract negative trends.
After attending this course, you

- can identify the functions of a river system and their sometime conflicting requirements. You understand and can evaluate the
effects of various types of measures taken in existing river systems (Room for the River project in the Netherlands and examples
shown during the course) and can propose new measures to counteract negative trends.
- are familiar with the one-dimensional shallow-water equations (1D-SWE) and can simplify and apply the 1D-SWE for different
applications (steady uniform flow, flood waves, and backwater curves). You can predict the short-term effects of changes in
discharge, friction, and cross-sectional area on the conveyance of a river, based on the simplified 1D-SWE.
- have a thorough understanding of sediment transport relations and the Exner equation for conservation of sediment mass. You
can apply these equations to estimate the sediment load in a river system and to determine the morphodynamic steady state of a
river (i.e. the bed and water surface elevation profiles).
Education Method During the lectures we will explain the theory and discuss examples. Several guest lecturers will elaborate on case studies.
Tags Algebra
Fluid Mechanics
Modelling
Water Engineering
Contact Dr.ir. A. Blom (Water Lab, Stevin III, room S3.00.100, astrid.blom@tudelft.nl)
Expected prior Knowledge Fluid Mechanics, Open Channel Flow
Literature & Study Slides, available on Blackboard
Materials (syllabus River Engineering, available on Blackboard)
Permitted Materials during An equation form will be provided by the examiner. No information may be uploaded on your pocket calculator.
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 67 of 238
Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE NUS Elective Courses
Page 68 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Required for Geoscience and Engineering Fieldwork in Spain
Expected prior knowledge General Geology or Geology for engineers is recommended but not compulsory.
Summary Geology for engineers and Engineering Geology. Engineering properties of major types of soils and rocks, their variations
according to geological and climatic setting and their impact on construction projects.
Course Contents This course is primarily intended to provide an overview of the engineering geological characteristics of the major types of soils
and rocks, and their impact on engineering design and construction. The ways the source materials, the agents responsible for
their formation and the climatic conditions in which they were formed govern their mineralogy and fabric, and thus their
behaviour, are highlighted.
This course addresses the following issues:

- how the engineering properties of soils and rocks vary according to the geological conditions governing their deposition and
their subsequent stress history
- how the behaviour of some geological materials deviate from those of "textbook" soils and rocks
- how geological properties impact on engineering behaviour
Study Goals Students can predict the engineering geological characteristics of the major types of soils and rocks, and their impact on
engineering design and construction. They are able to carry out feasibility studies for projects based on real geological maps and
information.
Education Method Lectures, worksheet practicals

The course consists of 2 blocks:
1 Soils: Engineering geology of soils and sediments
2 Rocks: Engineering geology of rocks: igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary.
Tuition is based broadly on four hours of lectures and four hours of practicals per week. Engineering geologists working with the
industry are invited to share their expertise on given geological environments.
Literature and Study AES1630 documents available on Blackboard
Materials
TEXTBOOKS
1) Fookes, P.G., 1997. The First Glossop Lecture. 'Geology for Engineers: the Geological Model, Prediction and Performance'.
Quarterly Journal of Engineering Geology and Hydrogeology, 30, 293-431.
2) Waltham, T., 2009, Foundations of Engineering Geology, 3rd edition(Paperback)
3) Bell, F.G., 1981. Engineering Properties of Soils and Rocks. Butterworths (1rst edition), 149 pp.
RECOMMENDED REFERENCE READINGS

1) Bell, F.G., 2000. Engineering Properties of Soils and Rocks. Blackwell Science (4th edition), 482 pp.
2) Fookes, P.G., Lee, E.M. & Milligan, G., 2005. Geomorphology for Engineers. Whittles Publishing, 851 pp.
PERIODICALS
The following are the principal periodicals in the field of Engineering Geology and should be regularly consulted:
1) Engineering Geology, Elsevier.
2) Quarterly Journal of Engineering Geology & Hydrogeology, Geological Society of London
3) The Bulletin of Engineering Geology and the Environment, International Association for Engineering Geology and the
Environment.
Assessment Three written assignments, one oral assignment and one written exam. Submission of the first, second and third worksheets is
due as at the end of the second, fifth and seventh week respectively to Dominique Ngan-Tillard by e-mail.
Enrolment / Application Please enroll the AES1630 BB site before the first lecture.
Expected prior Knowledge General Geology or Geology for engineers is recommended but not compulsory.
Academic Skills All aspects of an Academic attitude (skills, ethics, integrity and citizenship)are developed in the course. Aspects such as ethics,
integrity, and citizenship are part of the feasibility studies of the last two worksheets.
Literature & Study AES1630 documents available on Blackboard
Materials
TEXTBOOKS

PERIODICALS
Environment.
Judgement The assessment of the written assignments will be based on questions posed within the Worksheets. The submission will be
assessed on the basis of its technical content and relevance to engineering geology. The oral assignment will consist of the
presentation of a poster on sandstone, answers to questions from the audience and formulation of questions about posters
presented by other groups. The exam will consist of a case study and knowledge/thinking questions.
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 69 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Required for Offshore soil mechanics (OE4624), BSc students from AES and HBO students
Summary Physico-chemical properties of soils. Ground water flow. Stresses and strains in soils. Effective stress principle. Soil stiffness
and strength. Basic laboratory tests. Drained and undrained response. Settlements, bearing capacity, earth pressure and sheet-
piles. Stability of cuts and slopes.
Course Contents The course gives an introduction to fundamental aspects of soil mechanics, e.g. soil composition, stress, strain, strength and
stiffness and ground water flow. Implications of these properties for applications, such as settlement predictions, bearing
capacity of shallow and deep foundations, retaining structures (e.g. sheet pile, quay wall), stability of cuts and slopes.
Study Goals The course is addressed to Applied Earth Science, Road and Railway and Offshore Engineering students who have little or no
prior knowledge of soil mechanics and geotechnical engineering, and to students coming from HBO. At the end of the course the
student should be faimiliar with basic soil mechanics and foundation engineering, to allow further education at MSc level and
application of basic concepts in design.
Education Method Lectures, tutorials, self-study
Literature and Study Materials
Materials - Soil mechanics by A. Verruijt, 2001
- Craig's Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig (and J. Knappet), 2012
- Lecture notes
Prerequisites Basic mechanics, knowledge of the concept of stress and strain and elasticity.
Assessment Written examination including:
- multiple choice questions
- applied questions

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. L.A. van Paassen
Contact Hours / Week 10/0/3/0 + excursion
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
3
Start Education 1
3
Exam Period 1
3
Course Contents This course provides engineering students with a broad geological background that will enable them to place engineering project
into a larger geologic framework. The course consists of four themes: 1 Physical Geology, which includes the tectonic, rock and
hydrological cycle; 2. Structural Geology, which includes description of faults, folds and deformation; 3. Sedimentology, which
will focus on sedimentation and erosion processes of rivers, coastlines, deltas, continental shelves and slopes; and 4.
Geomorphology and Earth surface processes, which includes glaciated landscapes, hillslope processes and mass movements.
Where possible examples will be shown of the complex interaction between geology and engineering. A number of exercises
will include a practical in the mineralogical museum, a study of sedimentary structures of coastal and fluvial deposits as well as
geologic map reading.
Study Goals The goal of this coarse is to provide the student with a broad geologic framework that places potential geohazards (c.f. sea level
rise, flooding, earthquakes, hillslope failure, climate change) as well as the origin of various resources in a geologic perspective.
In addition, the course should provide the students with basic geologic knowledge that will enable them to proceed with further
specialized geological/ sedimentological or geomorphological studies if needed.
Education Method Class, practicles and excursion
Assessment Two written exams and report of the excursion
Page 70 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
- Influence lines
Materials
BlackBoard)
9789072830951, Bouwen met Staal, 2016
lecturer

Tests
Materials
BlackBoard)
9789072830951, Bouwen met Staal, 2016
lecturer

Exam
Collegerama No
Page 71 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Lectures 28 hours
Exercise 20 hours
Self-study 45 hours
Exam 3 hours
Page 72 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. R.J. Labeur
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Expected prior knowledge
Course Contents all info: see CTB3350
Study Goals
Education Method
Course Relations
Materials
Assessment
Tests
Judgement

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
OSIRIS!
See CTB3390
Academic Skills
See CTB3390
Literature & Study
Judgement
See CTB3390
Exam See CTB3390
Collegerama Yes
Page 73 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Summary The course should enable students to produce a conceptual design of the common hydraulic engineering structures, taking
construction / the construction stage into due consideration, and based on good quality sketches and hand calculations.
Course Contents Conceptual design of hydraulic structures, e.g.:
bridge piers, artificial islands, (caisson)breakwaters, retaining structures, quays & jetties, construction pits and docks, floating
docks, storm surge barriers, dams, locks/sluices, immersed and bored tunnels, etc.
Design aspects:
- "design for construction" is especially important for hydraulic structures
- functional and operational analysis
- safety of the structure considering loads and material strengths in the main Limit States
Construction aspects:
- construction in the dry or construction in the wet

- in-situ or prefab construction
- construction pits, braced/propped excavations, cofferdams; with or without dewatering.
Study Goals 1. produce a conceptual design of the common hydraulic engineering structures;
2. describe, in sufficient detail, a feasible construction method for the structure being designed;
3. prepare the necessary sketches or drawings, 2D or 3D, for a conceptual design;
4. do the required hand calculations for conceptual design and indicate for which items more sophisticated computational means
have to be used
During lectures, hydraulic structures and the construction methods available for these structures are described. A considerable
amount of time is spent on explaining and determining typical hydraulic and soil mechanic loads on structures, not neglecting
other loads. Example calculations for lock or caisson design (or other structures) are made as well.
(i)COZ exercise:
For the iCOZ computer test 40 questions have to be answered using the Manual. The 40 questions are split in 3 blocks, the first
block with 10, the 2nd and 3rd block with 15 questions.
Especially block one and two of the iCOZ exercise are intended to test whether or not the student has good command of the
required pre-knowledge in the field of structural/applied mechanics, soil and fluid mechanics, concrete and steel calculations.
The iCOZ questions can be downloaded from Blackboard. The schedule for finishing the blocks is as follows:
- 1st block:submit/finish at the beginning of the 2nd teaching week of Q3
- 2nd block:submit/finish at the beginning of the 3rd teaching week of Q3
- 3rd block:submit/finish at the beginning of the 4th teaching week of Q3
See Blackboard for the exact days/date & time to submit the answers. Every block will be closed after the submission date!
It is highly recommended to finish iCOZ before doing the Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures.
Overall the iCOZ-score should be 50% or more, and the score of every single block above 30%, to be allowed to enter the
written exam.
Construction Methods Exercise:
For the Construction Methods Exercise about 40 to 50 construction activities have to be put in the right construction sequence,
depending on the type of structure and information on local conditions that will be provided.
Work on the Construction Methods Exercise has to start in the first week of the lecture period. The exercise has to be finished
and submitted in the beginning of the 2nd teaching week of Q3. Although not for a grade, the exercise will be checked. In case of
fundamental errors in the proposed construction method, some extra work needs to be done on the CME in the 2nd or 3rd
teaching week of Q3.
Work on the CME needs to be completed before being allowed to do the DEHS and the written exam.
Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures:
The Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures (DEHS) includes preparation of sketches and/or drawings of typical cross sections of
a hydraulic structure, several hand calculations regarding key design issues (e.g. stability, strength and stiffness, type of
foundation) and a description of the construction method for the structure.
Work on the Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures has to start right at the beginning of the 4th teaching week of Q3. Progress
and results will be checked according the following schedule:
1st check progress & result:end of 4th week / beginning of the 5th teaching week of Q3
2nd check progress & result:end of 6th week / beginning of the 7th teaching week of Q3
3rd check progress:end of 7th week / beginning of the 8th teaching week of Q3
The 3 checks on progress of the Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures have to be made and registered in order to be allowed to
enter the written exam.
See Blackboard for the exact days/date & time for the progress checks and submitting results of the exercise.
The exercise will be checked for an exercise grade, that will be part of the final course grade.
Page 74 of 238
Written Exam:
The written exam is wrapping up the theories delivered during lectures and the design activities trained in the iCOZ, CME and
DEHS. Exam questions could be considered to be of iCOZ plus or iCOZ applied level.
The grade of the written exam is part of the final course grade.
Assessment The 3 exercises, iCOZ, CME and DEHS are compulsory.
ICOZ
written exam.

It is highly recommended to finish the CME before doing the Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures.
The work on the CME needs to be completed before being allowed to do the DEHS and the written exam.

The Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures will be checked for an exercise grade that will be part (50%) of the final course grade.
Written Exam:
The grade of the written exam is part (50%) of the final course grade.
Expected prior Knowledge CTB2110 Vloeistofmechanica - Fluid Mechanics
CTB2210 Constructiemechanica - Structural Mechanics
CTB2220 Beton & Staalconstructies - Concrete&Steel Structures
CTB2310 Grondmechanica - Soil Mechanics
CTB2320 Ontwerpen van Constructies & Funderingen 2
Design of Structures & Foundations 2
CTB2410 Waterbouwkunde - Hydraulic Engineering
Academic Skills Would Plato, Archimedes, Huygens, Newton, Bernoulli, Laplace, Poisson, or any other classic scientists have felt the same need
to advertise academic skills?
Literature & Study The following lecture notes are obligatory and available through 'electronic' ordering service (Microeduweb) as a hardcopy:
Materials Hydraulic Structures - General
Hydraulic Structures - Manual
Hydraulic Structures - Locks
Hydraulic Structures - Caissons
Check Blackboard, Course Documents - students only, for Handouts of the lectures and other relevant background material.
Judgement (It is highly recommended to finish iCOZ before doing the Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures. Work on the CME needs to be
completed before being allowed to do the DEHS).
The iCOZ and the Construction Methods Exercise (CME) have to be completed before being allowed to do the written exam.
Final course grade = 0,5 * (grade for Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures) + 0,5 * (grade for the written exam)
Permitted Materials during During the written exam the only written information source that can be used is the Hydraulic Structures - Manual (besides
Exam pencil, paper, ruler, eraser etc.)
Collegerama No
Page 75 of 238
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. H.E.J.G. Schlangen
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Expected prior knowledge BSc diploma in Engineering
Course Contents This course is intended for students that would like to 'Design a Research Project".
It is a perfect preparation for your final project in your MSc.
The topics that will be presented in this course are:

- Defining research objectives
- Setting up a research framework
- Formulating research questions
- Different research concepts and strategies
- Various research material
- Planning your research
- Analysing your research results
- Reporting and presenting your research
The course will be given with Online-lectures.

The assessment of the course will be done via two assignments.
Study Goals To be able to clearly describe a research goal.
To be able to design a scientific research.
To be able to analyse the results of a scientific research.
To be able to formulate the structure of a scientific report
Education Method Introduction lecture
Online lectures
Assignments
Feedback/questions
Computer Use an introduction will be given into SPSS, a package for data analysis.
Course Relations Basic statistics
Literature and Study 1) Course Book:
Materials Designing a Research Project
by
Piet Verschuren en Hans Doorewaard
ISBN: 978-90-5931-572-3
2) Lecture Material:
Online Lectures.
Prerequisites Basic statistics
Assessment Assessment is done via two assignment-reports.
Exam Hours no written or oral exam.
Only two assignment-reports.
Permitted Materials during -
Tests
Enrolment / Application Enrollment through Blackboard is required.
The assignments and submission of reports also goes through Blackboard.
Remarks The course is planned in Q4 with strict deadlines for handing in the assignment-reports.
However, since it is an online course, it can also be followed in other quarters and a different schedule for handing in the reports
can be negotiated with the course coordinator.
Contact prof.dr.ir. Erik Schlangen
erik.schlangen@tudelft.nl
room 6.21, CiTG-building
015-2786535
Expected prior Knowledge BSc in Engineering
Academic Skills BSc in Engineering
Literature & Study 1) Course Book:
by
ISBN: 978-90-5931-572-3
Online Lectures.
Judgement Evaluation of assignment reports
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 76 of 238
Responsible Instructor Ir. R. Abspoel
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Course Contents Introduction, material properties, products fabrication, design and verification.
Analysis of cross sections
Strength of beams and frames
Stability of columns and frames
Lateral stability of beams
Stability of non prismatic members, build up members and elastically supported members
Welding, calculation of welds

Calculation of welds, bolts
Calculation of bolted connections
Design and analysis of connections
Connections in frames
Introduction, developments, properties and applications of hollow sections

Behaviour of hollow sections joints (general)
Circular hollow sections joints
Rectangular hollow sections joints
Joints between open sections and hollow sections
Study Goals Knowledge about behaviour of frames, connections, joints and tubular structures
Reader Tubular structures from Prof. dr. ir. J. Wardenier
Reader for other subjects is available
Compendium with examples will become available during the course for all topics.
Permitted Materials during Pen, drawing attributes and a calculator
Tests
Contact R. Abspoel PhD MSc BSc
Stevin 2 room 2.54
Email r.abspoel@tudelft.nl
Expected prior Knowledge BSc of CiTG or comparable
Academic Skills Analyses existing structures in steel
Design new structure in steel
Judgement The result for the exam is the final result.
Exam
Formula sheets are available for the exam
Page 77 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4




loads.
CT 4140.
Tests
formalism.
CT 4140.
Collegerama Yes
Page 78 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. K.N. van Dalen
Instructor Ir. J.W. Welleman
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Course Contents Modelling of civil engineering structures by means of lumped and continuous systems. Static and dynamic analysis. Introduction
to continuum elasticity and plasticity.
Theme A: Dynamics of Systems
Fundamental assumptions leading to lumped and continuous models, mathematical formulation of single- and multi-degree(s)-of
-freedom models and of continuous models.
Dynamics of lumped systems: One-degree-of freedom systems without damping, free vibrations and forced vibrations under a
harmonic load, forced vibrations under a pulse loading, one-degree-of freedom systems with viscous damping, transient
vibrations, steady-state vibrations, two-degrees of freedom systems without damping. Introduction to dynamics of structures,
analysis of the dynamics of systems in MAPLE.
One written assignment.
Theme B: Introduction to Continuum Mechanics
Tensors: notation and transformations, strain tensor, stress tensor, stress-strain relation for linear elastic homogeneous materials,
Mohrs circle.
Failure models: limit state, von Mises and Tresca, visualisations in different stress states.

Study Goals The course provides students with the required background for the mechanics courses of the MSc Programme for Structural
Engineering. After completing the course students should be able to:
1. Apply modelling techniques with appropriate sign conventions
2. Analyse static and dynamic problems of structural mechanics
3. Analyse stress and strain states and the limit state
This course is for students with a relevant foreign BSc-degree.

Education Method Lectures, discussion, exercise, computer supported studying
Literature and Study Syllabus:
Materials Theme A: Dynamics of Structures
Obligatory lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Available at the Blackboard website.

Available at the Blackboard website
Assessment Oral exam, depending on the number of participants the exam will be organised like a seminar or an interview
Remarks This course is one of the first courses for students with a relevant foreign BSc-degree who are entering the MSc Programme and
is of MSc level. Lectures and course material are in English.
The course is composed of lectures and computer-aided assignments. The lecture material is condensed relative to corresponding
BSc courses. Consequently, the course attendants are expected to spend considerable effort to complete assignments. The final
assignments are part of the exam.
Expected prior Knowledge B.Sc. diplom in engineering/mathematics/physics/...
Academic Skills N.A.
Literature & Study Syllabus:
Judgement Based on performance during oral exam and contribution to the written report.
Permitted Materials during All course materials
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 79 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
indeterminate;
Other material:
Tests
Page 80 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
and construction.
governing details.
and workmanship.
Case study:

Materials
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 81 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. M.A.N. Hendriks
Instructor Dr.ir. P.C.J. Hoogenboom
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Course Contents Plates loaded in plane:
The three systems of basic equations (kinematic, constitutive, equilibrium); rigid body displacements and deformations; several
analytic solutions for rectangular plates; application of plane stress/strain to engineering structures; introduction to the finite
element method; formulation of plane stress/strain elements; numerical integration schemes.
Plates loaded out of plane (slabs):
The three systems of basic equations for plate bending including shear deformation; simplification to the pure bending equation;
formulation of special boundary conditions; several analytical solutions and various load and boundary conditions; finite element
formulation of slab element; computational issues.
Study Goals The goal of the course is to get familiar with the fundamental theory of plates and slabs. For practical applications, the Finite
Element Method is introduced and utilized extensively for the solution of realistic plate and slab study cases.
Education Method Lectures, practical exercises
Literature and Study Plate analysis, theory and application, Volume 1, Theory
Materials Plate analysis, theory and application, Volume 2, Numerical methods
Assessment Written exam; Assignments
Remarks Assignments: Application of the finite element method to two plate theory related problems. No retakes possible. Results are
valid only for in combination with the written exams of the same academic year.
Expected prior Knowledge Bachelor courses in calculus, statics and engineering mechanics.
Academic Skills The assignments are planned during the second half of the course. The use of a finite element program is required. During the
first half of the course students are encouraged to become familiar with a finite element program (self-study). Information will be
given during the first (introductory) lecture.
Literature & Study Plate analysis, theory and application, Volume 1, Theory
Judgement The final grade is based on the written exam (70%) and the assignments (30%).
Permitted Materials during You are allowed to bring a calculator and a one page formula sheet (can be two sided) which is in your handwriting (and does
Exam not need a magnifying glass to read).
Collegerama No
Page 82 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. A. Simone
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Required for CIE5123, CIE5142
Parts Part 1 - Basic differential equations of the theory of structures
Elementary loading cases and continuously distributed elastic reaction forces for:
- Axial deformation of bars
- Shear beams and frames
- Euler-Bernoulli bending beam and static Timoshenko shear beams
- Cables
- Curved beams
Part 2 - The mechanical behavior of combined systems
- Introduction to parallel and series systems

- The suspension bridge as a beam-cable structure
- Shear wall-frame structures
- Other typical combined systems (taut cable with flexural rigidity, slender beam under tension, off-shore riser, parabolic roof
structures)
Part 3 - Fundamentals of matrix structural analysis
The matrix displacement method:

- Truss element, Euler-Bernoulli and Timoshenko beam elements
- Equivalent nodal forces
- Constraint equations
- Rotation of element arrays
- Solution procedure
Course Contents This course serves as an introduction to the static analysis of characteristic civil engineering slender structures and to matrix
structural analysis. Typical slender structures such as tall buildings and suspension bridges will be reduced to an equivalent one
dimensional mechanical system. A systematic approach is used to express the mechanical behavior of these systems into
mathematical terms.
Study Goals After the successful completion of the course, the students are able to:
- express in mathematical terms the mechanical behaviour of characteristic civil engineering slender structures;
- formulate the underlying mathematics of the matrix displacement method;
- describe a typical solution procedure (analytical or numerical);
- list a series of "tricks of the trade" and common pitfalls;
- recognise and explain characteristic phenomena;
- describe the solution procedure in relation to a simple slender structure;
- apply the appropriate procedure for solving a simple slender structure;
- contrast solutions obtained by solving the governing equation against those obtained by using the matrix displacement method;
- formulate a solution procedure, analytical or numerical, for a generic slender structure;
- assess the quality of the solution (analytical or numerical).
Education Method Flipped classroom method.
Reader "An Introduction to the Analysis of Slender Structures" by A. Simone (available at the Blackboard website).
Assessment Written exam.
Expected prior Knowledge Solution of ordinary differential equations, matrix algebra, basics of engineering mechanics.
Academic Skills Knowledge, comprehension, application, analysis, synthesis, evaluation.
Literature & Study Reader and material provided on the Blackboard pages.
Materials
Judgement The final grade is determined on the basis of the written exam.
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 83 of 238
Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. S.G.J. Aarninkhof
Instructor Dr.ing. M.J.F. Stive
Instructor Dr.ir. J.S.M. van Thiel de Vries
Instructor Ir. H.J. Verhagen
Instructor B. Zanuttigh
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period none
Summary The course is designed for students in the Hydraulic Engineering and Water Management masters tracks as well as international
students from the Masters in Coastal Modelling and Management. Students from other masters programmes who have design
knowledge applicable in the coastal or riverine environments are also eligible ( e.g. Systems Engineering, Policy Analysis and
Managment, or Engineering and Policy Analysis).
Course Contents The course comprises the following topics:
The Building with Nature philosophy, and design process, Ecological processes and aquatic ecosystems, Ecosystem services,
Multi-actor systems,and Value-sensitive design. The theory underpinning these topics is explained in knowledge clips and
concurrently applied in a number of design assignments related to a project case running in parallel. The initial design for the
project case (assignment 1) will progressively be improved throughout the course, culminating in the final fully fledged Building
with Nature design (assignment 5).
Guest lectures by experts from practice form an integral part of the course.
Study Goals Building the theoretical and practical design competence of students so that they can:
(i) Understand relevant aspects of systems ecology theory and apply ecosystem-based principles in their design practice
(ii) Incorporate analytic elements from social-ecological systems theory and multi-actor policy implementation into their design
practice
(iii) Apply a structured approach to integrate the diverse requirements within their design practice.
Education Method Knowledge clips, Guest lectures, quizzes and design assignments
Computer Use Standard TUDelft (CiTG & TPM) software
Literature and Study Knowledge clips, reader material, and recommended papers from literature.
Materials Assignment material.
Assessment Students will complete a series of 5 assignments, each of which they must pass to pass the course. Their grade will be the
average of the assignment grades.
Attendance of guest lectures.
Completion of quizzes on the theory knowledge clips.

Exam Hours Not applicable
Enrolment / Application Enrolment is limited to 50 Hydraulic Engineering students and 10 TPM students in the academic year 2015/2016.
Remarks This course can be taken as an elective
Elective Yes
Tags Challenging
Design
Intensive
Modelling
Policy Analysis
Projects
Sustainability
Water Engineering
Contact j.h.slinger@tudelft.nl
Expected prior Knowledge Bachelor degree in Civil Engineering. Required courses CT3310-09 Open Channel Flow, CT3330 Hydraulic Structures 1.
The following masters courses are recommended: CIE4130 Probabilistic Design and Risk Management, CIE4305 Coastal
Dynamics 1, CIE4310 Introduction to Bed, Bank and Shore Protection.
OR, Bachelor degree in Technische Bestuurskunde, and current participation in the MSc programmes of Systems Engineering,
Policy analysis and Management or Engineering and Policy Analysis.
Academic Skills Students possess basic design skills when they enter the course. They learn integrated design in the field of ecosystem-friendly
hydraulic engineering and practice this in a number of design cycles.
Literature & Study Knowledge clips, reader material, and recommended papers from literature.
Judgement Students will complete a series of 5 assignments, each of which they must pass to pass the course. Their grade will be the

Permitted Materials during Not applicable
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 84 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. B.C. van Prooijen
Co-responsible for Dr. C. Chassagne
assignments
Co-responsible for Dr. D.S. van Maren
assignments
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
Course Contents 1. Introduction and classification of sediment (6 hrs)
(re-)introduce concepts of wash load, bed material load, etc.
sediment properties (grain size, mineralogy, organics),
flocculation, (hindered) settling velocity (distribution), settling flux,
onset of cohesive behaviour of the bed,
sediment mixtures, sediment triangle, sediment phase diagram,
relation with water quality (contaminants) and ecology - effects on turbidity (light extinction),
2. Vertical processes in the water column (4 hrs)

skin friction and form drag
currents alone the Rouse profile
current-wave interaction
horizontal and vertical sorting of sediment
sediment-fluid interaction: damping of turbulence and reduction in drag
hindered settling, lutocline and fluid mud formation and consolidation
3. Processes in and on the bed (4 hrs)

brief recap of sandy processes
effect of currents and waves
classical erosion of mud
erosion of mud-sand mixtures
erosion of sand-mud mixtures
bed formation and consolidation (very limited)
liquefaction and fluid mud formation
some fluid mud properties (rheology, mobile/stationary)
4. Net sediment transports in estuaries and coastal basins (6 hrs)

estuarine circulation and internal tidal asymmetry
tidal asymmetry in peak velocities (brief refer to CD1)
scour lag and settling lag
horizontal circulations, water depth,
estuarine turbidity maximum (two types)
set-up a sediment balance
5. Siltation in harbours and fairways (2 hrs)

harbour siltation processes (filling, eddy, density currents)
channel siltation (transport gradients, density currents, flow attraction)
means to reduce siltation
fluid mud and navigability
6. Fine sediments and water quality (2 hrs; guest lecture)

turbidity and light climate/penetration
primary production
sorption of contaminants
impact of dredging overflow, plumes
7. Fine sediment and biology (2 hrs; guest lecture)

bioturbation
bio-stabilization and destabilization
pelletization
8. Best modeling practice (4 hrs)

what are models, and what can you do with models (and what not)
interpret the clients question: problem formulation and analysis
setting up a conceptual model
setting up a numerical model
data requirements
calibration and validation
sensitivity analyses
9. Case studies (introduction - 2 hrs; team work 20 hrs)

in small groups, the students are asked to prepare a working plan for one of the case studies to be defined (estuary, tidal basin,
lake, ). In the first 2 hours, cases are presented, and students get opportunity to start working on their preparation; in the second 2
hours, the student groups present their results plenary will be discussed plenary as well.
Study Goals The study objectives and basic knowledge from RE and CD1 than defines the detailed educational goals of the course on
Sediment Dynamics, with focus on coastal areas (e.g. coasts, estuaries and tidal inlets):
1.The student learns that most tidal inlets and estuary, and many coasts as well, contain a mixture of sediments, though
sometimes the sediments are purely cohesive. He also becomes aware that the behavior of these fine sediments are often
affected, or sometimes even dominated, by the effects of biology (flora and fauna).
2.The student learns to distinguish between cohesive and non-cohesive sediments on the basis of measured data, and to quantify
the behavior of these sediments and their mixtures.
3.The student becomes aware of the role of fine sediments with respect to water quality issues and the ecosystem at a qualitative
level in other words he learns about the societal relevance of knowledge on fine sediments.
4.The student learns to analyze and quantify the transport of fine sediments in coastal areas, where often the vertical structure of
the suspended sediment concentration over the water column is an important issue. Special attention is paid to siltation in harbor
basins and navigational channels.
Page 85 of 238
5.Through case studies, the student learns to analyze the impact of hydraulic engineering works on the ecosystem. Examples are
enhanced turbidities induced by large-scale dredging, ongoing deepening of fairways and eroding mangrove-mud coasts.
We will prepare basic lecture notes, and provide relevant literature as well.
Education Method Sediment Dynamics is a fifth-year course and will cover 3 ECs (84 hours), of which 32 hours are contact hours (oral presentation
by teacher) and 20 hours are dedicated to the elaboration of a case study that case study may be elaborated in small groups of
students (see below).
Focus of Sediment Dynamics is on fine sediments and their mixtures, the vertical structures of these fines sediments in the water
column, and their practical relevance. The student will
acquire in-depth knowledge on fine sediments,
get acquainted with the practical relevance of the discipline,
get some experience by working on a case study.
These educational goals are to be achieved by oral presentations of the teacher, elaboration of a case study, and self-study (home
work).
Assessment Examination will be oral. The students are asked to select a specific topic in adavance to start with.
Page 86 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
morphodynamics.
2. Collegerama

tel.: 015-2783348).

2. Collegerama

tel.: 015-2783348).

Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 87 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
breaking).
Materials exams.
Collegerama Yes
Page 88 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Container terminals
Port studies
Queueing theory
Queueing systems
Some applications
Navigation speed
Navigation
Natural waterways

quality of life
Page 89 of 238
Available at VSSD.
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 90 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
2
Start Education 1
Exam Period 2
3
recommended.

Materials

Tags Analysis
Calculus
Fluid Mechanics
Lineair Algebra
Mathematics
Matlab
Modelling
Numeric Methods
Software
Transport phenomena
Water Engineering
recommended.
Materials

Collegerama Yes
Page 91 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. R.B.J. Brinkgreve
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Required for MSc Geo-engineering
Expected prior knowledge BSc courses "Grondmechanica" (soil mechanics) and "Toegepaste mechanica" (Applied mechanics)
Course Contents The course deals with the mechanical behaviour (stress-strain response) of soils and rocks, as well as with constitutive models
describing the various features of soil and rock behaviour. In addition to the theoretical details of the models, attention is paid to
model parameter determination and the application of models via the finite element method.
The following topics are included:
1. Introduction to continuum mechanics, stress, strain;

2. Soil behaviour in compression and shear;
3. Undrained soil behaviour, undrained strength;
4. Normally-consolidated and over-consolidated soils;
5. Elasticity, Hooke's law;
6. Modelling pore pressures and undrained behaviour;
7. Simulation of standard lab tests;
8. Non-linear elasticity;
9. Failure criteria (Mohr-Coulomb, Tresca, Hoek-Brown, other);
10. Plasticity theory;
11. The linear-elastic perfectly plastic model;
12. Material hardening & softening;
13. Critical State soil mechanics, Cam-Clay theory;
14. Soft Soil model, Hardening Soil model;
15. Anisotropy, structure and de-structuration;
16. Small-strain stiffness, cyclic loading, liquefaction
17. Hypoplastic model;
18. Time-dependent behaviour, creep;
19. Rock behaviour;
20. Hoek-Brown model, Jointed Rock model;
21. Application of models;
22. Possibilities & limitations.
Study Goals After the course, students are able to:
1. Identify various features of soil and rock behaviour;
2. Explain the possibilities and limitations of models;
3. Select appropriate models for practical applications;
4. Determine model parameters based on site investigation data or otherwise;
5. Explain the behaviour of the models under specific conditions.
Education Method Lectures, workshops, assignments, computer exercises, exam
Computer Use During some lectures the PLAXIS finite element program for geotechnical applications is used to simulate model tests and to
analyse practical applications.
Course Relations The CIE4361 course has links to other Geo-engineering courses:
1. CIE4380 Numerical modelling in geo-engineering;
2. CIE5320 Site characterization, testing and physical modelling;
3. CIE4353 Continuum mechanics
Literature and Study Recommended lectures notes / textbooks / backgrounds:
Materials 1. Sitters C.W.M. (1996) Material Models for Soil and Rock;
2. Sitters C.W.M. (1997) Continuum mechanics;
3. Molenkamp F. (2003) Continuum mechanics;
4. Brinkgreve R.B.J. (1994) Geomaterial Models and Numerical Analysis of Softening;
5. Brinkgreve R.B.J. et al. (2012) PLAXIS Finite Element Code for Soil and Rock Analysis.
(see links on Blackboard)

Books 1. Yamamuro J.A., Kaliakin V.N. (2005) Soil Constitutive Models: Evaluation, Selection and Calibration. ASCE Geotechnical
Special Publication No. 128.
Reader 1. Sitters C.W.M. (1996) Material Models for Soil and Rock
(although hardly used)
Assessment Four Assignments need to be completed before students can participate in the Exam. The Exam is a digital exam using Maple
TA on the exam server.
Permitted Materials during Writing equipment and (scientific) calculator
Tests
Enrolment / Application Via Blackboard
Contact Responsible for course:
Dr. Ronald B.J. Brinkgreve
Second lecturer:
Prof. Michael A. Hicks
Assistant:
Dr. Phil Vardon
(Geo-engineering section)
BSc courses "Grondmechanica" (soil mechanics) and "Toegepaste mechanica" (Applied mechanics)
Academic Skills Dealing with formulas; making calculations
Literature & Study Available on Blackboard
Materials
Page 92 of 238
Judgement The final mark is based on the results of the Exam.
Permitted Materials during Standard scientific calculator
Exam
Collegerama Yes

Responsible Instructor Ing. H.J. Everts
Instructor Ing. H.J. Everts
Responsible for assignments Dr. K.G. Gavin
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Expected prior knowledge CTB1410, CTB2320, CTB2310
Course Contents Main topics concern the interaction between the structure and the supporting foundation and or soil. Examples of typical items
are:
-The design of appropriate foundations regarding the characteristics (strength and stiffness) of soil and structure according to
Eurocode 7;
-The effects of interaction between soil and structure;
-The design of laterally loaded piles, due to soil deformations or external loads;
-The use of EEM to predict the behavior of pile groups
- The installation of piles
- The adaption of foundations
Study Goals To gain the knowledge and the proficiency to identify all relevant aspects concerning the design, behaviour and installation of
foundations.
Education Method Lectures and exercise
Literature and Study Lecture notes (under construction); will be put on black board
Materials
Assessment Defending a written report and answering questions concerning the interaction between structures and soil during a 30 minutes
oral exam between (in general) 2 students and instructors
Elective Yes
Contact ing. H.J. Everts (0.500; h.j.everts@tudelft.nl; 0622138379)
Expected prior Knowledge BSc-Civil engineering or equivalent, CTB1410, CTB2320
Permitted Materials during none
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 93 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Expected prior knowledge BSc- Civil engineering or equivalent, CTB1410, CTB2320, CTB2310
Course Contents Main topics concern the design of building pits and the prediction of the effects on the surrounding structures.
Main topics to be studied:
- the design of building pits and retaining structures;
- effects on surroundings
- the design of under water concrete floors, including anchorage;
- the design of tension piles
The main topics of designing retaining structures are:

- specification and interpretation of soil investigation;
- determination of design parameters (soil and structure);
- design models(spring models and finite element models);
- installation methods;
- effects of installation of sheetpiles on adjacent structures(settlements,vibrations, noise);
- costs.
Study Goals The course intends to get the knowledge and the proficiency to identify all relevant aspects concerning the design and realization
of building pits.
Education Method Lectures, instruction and exercise
Materials - CIE4363 "Foundation Engineering and Underground Construction;
- CUR166 Damwandconstructies, availability to be discussed with the lecturer;
- Lecture notes, available at blackboard
Assessment Defending a written report and answering questions concerning the design of building pits during a 30 minutes discussion
between 2 students and instructors.
Remarks The course can easilly be combined with CIE5305 (bored and immersed tunnels), but can also be followed seperately.
Elective Yes
prof. dr. K. Gavin;
Collegerama No
Page 94 of 238
Instructor Dr. B.M. van Breukelen
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
Course Contents Many processes in the geo- and environmental engineering show a complex interaction with each other. This course focusses on
obtaining experience with modelling coupled processes for engineering applications in the sub-surface, during water treatment
and in the atmosphere.
An example related to the subsurface is consolidation during loading of saturated and unsaturated deformable porous media, like
soils. Deformations in such media lead to changes in the pore volume and corresponding changes in pore fluid pressures which
initiate seepage and affect the general behaviour. Understanding such coupled processes is of great importance to settlements and
stability, in particular when permeability is small, compressibility is large and strength is limited. Other examples of coupled
processes are the thermo-chemo-hydro-mechanical coupled processes found in situations where flow of water, heat and solutes
play an important role such as waste management (in landfills, in underground nuclear repositories and in engineered systems).
A very recent field where coupled processes play a significant role is biology as a driving force for the dynamics in temperature,
chemistry, hydrology and mechanics in the so-called Biological Geo and Civil Engineering.
For water treatment we can think of, flow of water through a sand filter with simultaneous oxidation of reduced iron and
filtration of the formed iron flocs resulting in clogging of the filter combined with the growth of biomass and decomposition of
waste water. Modelling of coupled processes plays an important role in nearly all fields of geo- and environmental
engineering.In this course the students develop skills for analyzing and modelling coupled processes. They can derive the
controlling partial differential equations and implement these equations in Matlab or Python to solve realistic problems. The
processes discussed during the course should be familiar as they have already been addressed in different courses before. In this
course the students are expected to solve realistic problems where these processes are coupled to each other.
Study Goals The student can recognize the occurrence of coupled processes in the environment, develop and implement mechanistic
conceptual models how the processes interact. The students can define relevant initial and boundary conditions and implement
realistic complex problems in modern simulation and engineering tools like Matlab or Python. The students can debug the code
and generate useful output required for analyzing coupled processes. The students can report their findings in a concise report.
Education Method During the course period, the students are supposed to follow six (short) lectures in which different approaches to coupled
processes are introduced. During these six lectures a series of assignments will be introduced. The students are expected to carry
out the assignments in which coupled problems of increasing complexity will need to be analysed and implemented. During the
lecture hours, teachers and teachning assistents are available for support. The assignments will be tailored to the MSc track the
students are following: Geo-Engineering or Environmental Engineering.
The students are expected to read background material in the form of research articles from the literature and chapters from
several hand books available in digital form in the TU Delft library.
The assignments need to be carried out during the lecture period. Assignments needed to submitted individually, however
students are encouraged to work in groups of four.
Computer Use Tutorial lectures will be held in the computer room. All assignments are computer based and require programming in Matlab or
Python. Tutorials will be provided and students are expected to be able to work with these tools. Students are expected to
download the latest versions of Matlab and Python on their laptop for this course.
Assessment The achieved level of knowledge, understanding and problem solving skills of the impact of coupled processes in the sub-surface
for engineering will be assessed with the assignments and during the final individual exam. The exam consists of a series of
questions which are related to the assignments carried out earlier by the students.
The final grade for CIE4365 is based upon the result of the exam and the assignments, 50%/50%.
Expected prior Knowledge BSc Civil Engineering or Applied Science (or equivalent). Core program of either the Geo-Engineering track or Environmental
Engineering track.
Academic Skills Critical thinking, analytical thinking and problem solving are the main academic skills which will be trained. In addition,
students will need to collaborate intensively with their colleagues so organizational and interpersonal skills will be developed as
well.
Literature & Study Background material, papers and chapters from relevant literature will be provided via Blackboard. All slides etc are also
Materials available.
Judgement All assignments will be graded and averaged in a single grade. The students take an individual exam. The average grade of the
assignments and the exam is the final grade.
Permitted Materials during Anything except a computer. However, exam might be on a computer depending on how far we are able to develop this exam.
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 95 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr. P.J. Vardon
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Course Contents Introduction to finite element analysis: basic formulation and example applications.
Theoretical aspects: basic principles; 1D finite elements, including application to beam bending theory and beams on an elastic
foundation; 2D finite elements; derivation of finite element equations for linear elasticity; material non-linearity; derivation of
finite element equations for steady state seepage; transient, coupled and dynamic systems; 3D finite elements, including
comparison between 2D and 3D analysis; finite element mesh numbering; storage schemes; equation solvers; local coordinate
systems; programming the finite element method; structure charts.
Related topics: mesh generation; adaptive mesh refinement; stochastic analysis; finite differences; inverse analysis; computer
programming.
Applications: case histories; coursework examples, including the use of existing finite element codes for applications in
geotechnical and geo-environmental engineering.
Study Goals After the course the student will be familiar with the basic principles of modelling in Geo-Engineering. In particular the course
aims to enable students to:
Formulate the basic equations of the finite element method

Explain how finite element programs work
Design, perform and evaluate an appropriate finite element investigation with sometimes vague requirements.
Use basic scientific programming techniques, including limited modification of finite element programs
Describe non-standard finite element techniques unavailable in commercial codes
Judge modelling results critically.
Education Method Lectures, computer laboratory tutorials and assignments
Literature and Study Course book: Programming the finite element method, 4th edition, I.M. Smith and D.V. Griffiths, John Wiley & Sons Limited,
Materials 2004.
Accompanying notes.
Assessment Coursework and written exam.
Tags Algoritmics
Analysis
Calculus
Geo Engineering
Mathematics
Modelling
Numeric Methods
Expected prior Knowledge Basic geo-engineering problems (e.g. CTB2310 Soil Mechanics).
Basic calculus (e.g. CTB1001 Analyse).
Academic Skills Report writing.
Engineering investigation.
Literature & Study Programming the finite element method, 4th Edition, I.M. Smith and
Materials D.V. Griffiths, John Wiley & Sons Limited, 2004
Judgement One mark, based on 3 coursework assignments (60%) and written exam (40%).
One additional coursework will be formative only, where the student will only pass or fail.
Permitted Materials during Standard calculator.
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 96 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4

Permeability
Durability
- design rules
Page 97 of 238
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Course Contents Introduction:
Ground-related risk and the construction industry, challenges and opportunities, construction projects, processes and contracts.
Geo-bloopers, state-of-the-art construction and a vision towards the future.
From uncertainty via risk to geo risk management: The concepts of uncertainty, risk, and ground conditions, introduction of the
GeoQ concept with 6 steps and 6 project phases, the link with the RISMAN approach, the position of GeoQ towards soil
mechanics, geotechnical engineering, quality management, hazard management and knowledge management.
The human factor in ground risk management: Individuals and risk - the concepts of individuals, risk perceptions and how
individuals contribute to geo risk management. Teams and risk - the concept of the team, teams and risk communication and how
teams contribute to geo risk management. Clients, society and ground-related risk.
The GeoQ ground risk management process: The 6 steps of the GeoQ process gathering information, identifying risk,
classifying risk, remediating risk, evaluating risk, mobilising risk. The 6 project phases of the GeoQ process feasibility, pre-
design, design, contracting, construction and maintenance.
Ground risk management tools in 6 project phases: Site classification, scenario analysis, team-based risk indentification and
classification, risk-driven ground investigations, risk allocation and dealing with differing site conditions, the approach of the
Geotechnical Baseline Report, Dispute Review Boards, conventional and innovative contracts, the observational method, the life
cycle approach for cost-effective maintenance, an ICT-supported and risk-driven approach for dike safety assessment.
Ground risk management and ground properties: Ground layering and properties, geostatistics, dealing with differtent types of
uncertainties and combining different types of information, sampling theories, groundwater related problems.
Ground risk management and underground construction: Tunneling techniques, ground conditions and risk profiles, specialist
foundation techniques, interaction with existing structures.
Ground risk management and building projects: Projects and construction methods with various risk profiles, parking garages,
construction pits, interaction with existing structures, external risks e.g. vibration and noise, use of experience data and
GeoBrain.
Ground risk management and dikes: Mechanics of ground, stability and risk, dealing with proven strength, advisors-factor
(Bergambacht), relations with failure probability, (un)identified anomalies.
Ground risk management and infrastructure projects: Mechanics of ground, settlements and risk, observational method, risks
related to vacuumconsolidation and other ground improvement techniques, case Betuwe Route Waardse Alliance.
Geoenvironmental ground risk management: Impact on building and infrastructure projects during 6 main project phases,
processes of (polluted) groundwater flow, dissipation of contamination, geo-biological processes and technical solutions like
flexible emission control.
Ground risk management and some special issues: Apparent reliability of standards, decision problem offshore projects, sand
reclamation projects.
Study Goals After the course the student is aware of the inherent risk of ground within civil engineering and construction, including the
impact and difficulties of the human factor. Furthermore, the student is able to apply principles of ground-related risk
management during the entire process for a variety of civil engineering constructions.
Expected prior Knowledge BSc- Civil engineering or equivalent
Permitted Materials during free choice
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 98 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr. S. Pande
Instructor Prof.dr.ir. H.H.G. Savenije
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
Course Contents Water Quality Modeling (CT4400) deals with mathematical modeling of dissolved substances processes in surface waters:
rivers, lakes, and estuaries. The modeling of these processes relies heavily on physically-based hydrodynamic processes
(advection, dispersion, diffusion), therefore deterministic mathematical models are applied, with special attention to analytical
solutions. The course takes a macrosopic view of two-way feedbacks between environmental quality, sustainability and global
development. The course is composed of the following topics:
1. Processes: Advection, diffusion, dispersion and water quality; understanding of the principles. Lectures and self study.
2. Lakes and rivers: Understanding how to make a mass balance of dissolved substances in surface water bodies such as lakes
and rivers. Small exercises.
3. Coupled environmental quality and economic growth: Understanding, working with and building of macro-scale models (at
societal level) of two-way feedbacks between environmental quality, sustainability and global development Lectures, computer
exercises (Excel and Python or Matlab) and self study
4. Estuaries: Salinity intrusion modeling in estuaries, making use of analytical solutions that can be directly linked to ecological
relationships. Lectures, computer exercises and self study.
5. Assignments and group work

Study Goals 1. To be able to formulate the mass balance for a substance
2. To be able to apply a mass balance of dissolved substances in a river, lake, and estuary;
3. To be able to discuss the influence of dispersion on the transport of substances;
4. To be able to discuss the links between societal values (e.g. preference for environmental protection), economic growth and
sustainability in diverse settings;
5. To be able to relate hydrodynamics and water quality, particularly in estuaries;
6. To be able to develop simple coupled models of humans and their environment for real-world case studies.
Education Method Lectures, problem oriented group work, and computer exercises
Literature and Study Lecture Notes Water Quality Modeling", available at the online shop.
Materials Chapter 4 and 5 of Salinity and Tides in Alluvial Estuaries" by H.H.G. Savenije , downloadable from www.salinityandtides.com
.
Assessment Group project work and written/oral exam
Expected prior Knowledge CT2011: Watermanagement, CT2310: Hydrology, WI2253CT: Differential equations, or equivalent courses
Academic Skills Hydrological modeling, solving differential equations, proficiency in MATLAB/PYTHON and EXCEL
Literature & Study Lecture Notes Water Quality Modeling", available online.
Materials Chapter 4 and 5 of Salinity and Tides in Alluvial Estuaries" by H.H.G. Savenije , original book available at
http:/salinityandtides.com.
Selected journal articles.
Judgement Group project work (30%) and written exam (70%).
Permitted Materials during Scientific calculator. Closed book written exam
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 99 of 238
Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. M.W. Ertsen
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Course Contents The course will discuss the various ways that humans and human society have manipulated natural water systems to make them
fit several different objectives, as new functions for these water management systems were created.
Although the main examples will come from irrigation systems, the course will deal with many different types of water systems.
Analysing these systems will link requirements in terms of technical engineering constraints, management possibilities and water
users (wishes and options). This may include the design and operation of regulation structures, dams, reservoirs, weirs and
conveyance systems; balancing water supply and water requirements in time and space is a main focus of analysis too.
In addition, the way water systems connect individuals and social groups on short and long term will be studied. Daily actions of
individual users may hamper future cooperation and as such will influence societal development on the long term. However,
water systems typically require cooperation - sustained long use of water systems can only be understood when studying how
cooperation works.
How to model these interactions between water systems and people on different temporal and spatial scales will be a main
methodological issue.
Study Goals The course has two main goals:

1. Improving understanding of water systems as anthropogenic landscapes emerging from activities of individuals, households,
and small groups within a given material context.
2. Developing understanding of human agency linked to the water systems' hydraulic and hydrological properties, to
appropriately link material contexts and human actions.
Education Method Exercise, lectures
Course Relations CIE4410 uses CT3410.
In general, basic hydraulics and hydrology will be used.
Assessment Written exam (open questions) and paper on system analysis (handed in separately from exam)
Permitted Materials during For assignments calculator, drawing materials, study material; for written exam nothing.
Tests
Expected prior Knowledge Basic water systems knowledge
Academic Skills Writing a paper
Building a (model-based) analysis
Materials
Judgement Average of exam and paper marks is final mark
Permitted Materials during Study material
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 100 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. M. Bakker
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Course Contents The course consists of seven topics: (1) Principles of groundwater flow, (2) Steady groundwater flow in one and two dimensions,
including flow to wells and the method of images, (3) Steady flow in semi-confined systems such as below polders and lakes,
(4) Transient groundwater flow including the effect of changes in surface water levels, transient wells, and pumping tests, (5)
Finite difference solutions of groundwater flow, (6) Seawater intrusion and variable density flow in coastal aquifers, and (7)
Time series analysis.
Study Goals Upon successful completion, students will be able to (1) identify the processes that play a major role in groundwater systems,
(2) conceptualize a groundwater system, (3) solve geohydrological problems, and (4) estimate the effect of interventions in the
groundwater system.
Education Method Lectures, in-class problem solving, homework problems, computer assignments.
Course Relations Geohydrology I is required for Geohydrology II.
Books Recommended textbook: C.R. Fitts. 2012. Groundwater Science. Second Edition. Academic Press.
Reader Course notes will be made available through Blackboard.
Assessment Written exam. Homework problems.
Tests
Expected prior Knowledge Hydrology I, Fluid Mechanics, Differential Equations, Computer Programming in Python
Academic Skills
Literature & Study
Materials
Judgement
Permitted Materials during Students may bring one sheet of A4 paper with handwritten formulas on both sides to the exam and a regular scientific
Exam calculator.
Collegerama No
Page 101 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. M. Hrachowitz
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Course Contents Modelling is an essential component of hydrological research. Philosophically speaking, the hydrological model is the
codification of our knowledge and understanding of the hydrological reality. The word model has a double meaning. It means
our perception of reality: the perceptual model; and it means the mathematical description of this perceptual model: the
mathematical model.
As engineers, we tend to think of a hydrological model as a piece of software, but it is essential to remain aware that a perceptual
model is always underlying the mathematical model and that this perceptual model is the most important. It is not the outside
appearance of a model that characterizes it; it is the internal structure, architecture and conceptualization. Just like a person's
soul, nature and character is more important than his or her appearance.
In this course we are mostly addressing the soul, nature and character of hydrological models and we shall distinguish different
model types, different model architectures (distributed, lumped), and different scales and processes (plot-scale to river basin
scale, groundwater, soil, river routing, etc.).
The course is partly theoretical and partly practical. In workshops students will receive hands-on training in the development and
use of different hydrological models. An important component of the course is the individual assignment that students have to
complete in one of the selected fields of modelling. The oral exam is largely based on the individual assignment but will also
examine the entire lecture material as described in this lecture note and the related reference material that is presented on
Blackboard.
The course consists of the following lectures, given on 7 days:
1. Introduction.
2. Conceptual modelling.
3. Distributed models.
4. Distributed moisture accounting
5. Landscape-based modelling
6. Calibration and uncertainty.
Study Goals The first objective is to introduce hydrological modelling. Topics discussed relate to the selected conceptual model, model
structure, mathematical description, model calibration and validation, boundary conditions, spatial and temporal discretisations,
model parameterisation, etc. The second objective is to present fundamental modelling issues that commonly relate to model
uncertainty and the fundamental relation between model complexity and model performance. The overall objective is to be able
to build computer models that are reliable and trustworthy, and to be able to critically evaluate and analyse model results.
Education Method Lectures, interlaced with computer exercises. After the course an individual assignment on one particular topic of the course has
to be made by two students together. In this assignment the students have to go into somewhat deeper detail than for the
exercises during the lectures.
Literature and Study There will be a syllabus available, Hydrological Modelling by H.H.G. Savenije, at the start of the course. Background material
Materials will be put on Blackboard.
Assessment Oral. Discussion of the individual assignment is an important part of the oral exam.
Remarks The exercises during the lecture days and the individual assignment have to be completed before the examination can take place.
Expected prior Knowledge Basic knowledge of fundamental hydrological processes. It is thus recommended that CIE5450 Hydrology of catchments, rivers
and deltas has been successfully completed prior to attending this course.
Academic Skills To be announced
Literature & Study Scientific articles
Materials
Judgement 100% oral exam
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 102 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. A.M.J. Coenders
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Relation of purpose of data to data requirements. Relation of data to costs.
Accuracy requirements of measurements and error propagation:

Related to a problem the required accuracy of measurements and the consequences for accuracy in the final result are discussed.
Different types of errors are handled. Propagation of errors; for dependent and independent measurements, from mathematical
relations and regression is demonstrated. Recapitulated is the theory of regression and correlation.
Interpretation of measurements, data completion:

By standard statistical methods screening of measured data is performed; double mass analysis, residual mass, simple rainfall-
runoff modelling. Detection of trends; split record tests, Spearman rank tests. Methods to fill data gaps and do filtering on data
series for noise reduction.
Hydrological processes:
The most important processes of the hydrological cycle are explained.
Methods of hydrological measurements and measuring equipment:

To determine quantitatively the most important elements in the hydrological cycle an overview is presented of most common
hydrological measurements, measuring equipment and indirect determination methods i.e. for precipitation, evaporation,
transpiration, river discharge and groundwater tables. Use, purpose and measurement techniques for tracers in hydrology is
discussed.
Advantages and disadvantages and specific condition/application of methods are discussed. Equipment is demonstrated and
discussed.
Areal distributed observation:

Areal interpolation techniques of point observations: inverse distance, Thiessen, contouring, Kriging. Comparison of
interpolation techniques and estimation of errors. Correlation analysis of areal distributed observation of rainfall.
Design of measuring networks:

Based on correlation characteristics from point measurements (e.g. rainfall stations) and accuracy requirements the design of a
network of stations is demonstrated.
Computer Exercise:
Theories on processing and screening of data are applied with data from actual river catchments. Exercises on stage-discharge
relations and discharge measurements, hydrograph seperation and age dating from tracer observations. Evaporation from energy
balance. Areal interpolation.
Study Goals 1.Understand the physics behind the main hydrological processes of the hydrological cycle: rainfall, evaporation, unsaturated
zone, and discharge (no ground water).
2.Being able to assess the necessity of measurements for planning, design, management and research.
3.Know relevant measuring techniques to quantitatively observe hydrological processes both in the field as in the laboratory.
And know the specific conditions and requirements of these techniques.
4.Being able to choose suitable observation methods by taking into account the underlying assumptions, shortcomings, and
application range of the specific method(s).
5.Know the nature of errors and how they can be estimated/quantified.
6.Being able to estimate the measuring error in the final result based on errors in the observed parameters (i.e., propagation of
errors).
7.Being able to apply the theory of data screening to identify trends and/or anomalies in observation time series.
8.Know relevant interpolation techniques (inverse distance, thiessen, Kriging) to spatially interpolate point observations,
understand the underlying theory and assumptions, and know the pro and cons of these methods.
9.Being able to apply several interpolation techniques to spatially interpolate point observations to the areal scale.
10.Being able to setup/design a measuring network by taking into account the spatial and temporal scale of the hydrological
processes.
11.Being able to assess the quality of a measuring network and optimize the network by reducing the uncertainty based on the
theory of geostatistics.
Education Method - 50% lectures, with invited speakers, and demonstrations
- 50% exercise
Course Relations CIE4440 uses CTB2420, CIE4440 is applied in CIE5471
Literature and Study Lecture notes "Hydrological processes and measurements" through Microweb, Lecture notes as pdf, Article bundle as pdf,
Materials lectures as ppt, and exercises on blackboard.

Permitted Materials during Formula paper (1 A4 handwritten)
Tests
Expected prior Knowledge CTB2420 (Hydrology)
Academic Skills Paper reading
Literature & Study - Lecture notes
Materials - Paper bundle
- Lecture presentations
Judgement written exam
Permitted Materials during Formula paper (1 A4 handwritten, double sided)
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 103 of 238

Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. N.C. van de Giesen
Instructor Dr. E. Mostert
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Course Contents The course Integrated Water Resources Management (IWRM) consists of the following elements:
1. A series of lectures;
2. Supervised computer lab exercises;
3. Unsupervised modeling exercise;
4. A role-play;
5. Group presentations.
The lectures introduce a number of topics that are important for IWRM and the modeling exercise. The lectures introduce water
management issues in the Netherlands, Rhine Basin, and Volta Basin. The role-play is meant to experience some of the social
processes that, together with technical knowledge, determine water management.
For the modeling exercise, the class will be divided in several groups of 5 to 6 persons. Each group will model a set of integrated
water resources management issues and simulate possible development scenario's. Two of the problem sets are:
1. Heating up of the Rhine due to climate change;
2. The effects of small reservoirs for irrigation in the Volta basin.
In addition, there is room for different cases, to be discussed during the first lecture.
The simulation exercise and the reporting should incorporate the concerns of the groups that are mostly affected by the issue and
the groups that can contribute most to its resolution. The report on the modeling exercise should contain concrete
recommendations.
Study Goals After following the course, the student should be able to:
1. Model a complex real-world problem

Use basic knowledge from relevant disciplines (e.g. hydrology)
Possess technical modeling skills
Do a simple stakeholder analysis and use the results in modeling the problem
Cope with practical limitations such as data availability
Reflect critically on the results
2. Propose effective solutions for this problem

Integrate creatively technical -constraints and possibilities and stakeholder considerations
Assess the solutions in terms of technical and political/ social feasibility, effectiveness and efficiency
Indicate essential uncertainties
3. Work in small interdisciplinary groups

Master general (online) cooperation skills (e.g. agree on common goals, distribute and coordinate tasks effectively, monitor
progress and adjust where necessary, organize effective (progress) meetings, show initiative, keep relations good)
Be open to, learn from and gain a basic understanding of other disciplines
Be aware of the possibilities as well as limitations of your own discipline and be able to communicate the results of your own
discipline in a way that is understandable for people form other disciplines and for lay persons
And especially for students coming from abroad:

4. Be familiar with Dutch-style education
Take initiative: make your own work plan instead of waiting for detailed instructions from the professor, ask the professor for
suggestions or feedback in case of problems,
Think independently: develop your own point of view concerning the study materials, give good arguments for this
Education Method Lectures, exercise, case study, computer lab
Course Relations CIE4450 uses CT3011, CIE4010, CIE4400, CIE4431, CT3410
Literature and Study Lecture notes, reader, WEAP Software
Materials All materials will be provided through Blackboard.
Assessment The final product will consist of a group presentation and a group report, which will be assessed by the teachers using a rubric
that will be put on Blackboard. Peer comments from within the groups will be used to adjust grades upwards or downwards for
individuals that contributed more or less than average.
Tags Broad
Group work
Integrated
Modelling
Project
Sustainability
Water Engineering
Water management
Expected prior Knowledge Completion of relevant Bachelor degree
Academic Skills Mentioned under "study objectives"
Literature & Study Lecture notes, reader, WEAP Software
Judgement See "assessment"
Permitted Materials during Not applicable (see "assessment")
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 104 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. O.A.C. Hoes
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
Course Contents The lecture 'Polders and Flood Control' covers the theory and the design practices of lowland development, land reclamation and
flood control, as applicable in deltaic areas like The Netherlands and elsewhere in the world.
The lecture focusses especially on project preparation, reclamation of tidal lowlands, impoldering of shallow seas and lakes,
creating The Netherlands, methods of flood control, design of flood and drainage channels, structures in drainage channels.
Study Goals After this course students should be able to:
- apply extreme value statistics on time series
- apply different drainage formulas
- explain the layout of peat and clay polders
- calculate and analyse the system and pump characteristics of pumping stations
- design small culverts, weirs and bridges
- make a 2D flood simulation of a polder
Education Method Lectures, assignments

Course Relations CIE4460 uses CT3011, CT3340, CIE4410, CT3410
Literature and Study Lecture notes + hand outs (provided during the course)
Materials
Assessment Written exam and assignments
Permitted Materials during Calculator
Tests
Academic Skills
Literature & Study lecture notes
Materials
Judgement 1/3 assignments and 2/3 written exam
Permitted Materials during calculator
Exam
Collegerama No

Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. A.R.M. Wolfert
Instructor Dr.ir. G.A. van Nederveen
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
Required for Target audience: students who follow a MSc track in civil engineering and aim for an IDM annotation
Course Contents This course provides an introduction of systems analysis, design and development and its application in areas such as civil
infrastructure engineering, offshore engineering, hydraulic engineering and building engineering. Subjects are: basic concepts,
system analysis, system specification, system development, decision support systems, and verification and validation. For every
subject a theoretical introduction is combined with a discussion on application in engineering projects.
The lectures have a flip the classroom format: every week students are asked to read specific chapters, prepare a short
presentation and submit discussion questions. The lecturers give feedback, act as discussion moderator and give introductions to
new chapters.
Study Goals -Knowledge of system analysis, design and development concepts, principles and practices.
-Ability to apply these concepts, principles and practices within the technical domain of the chosen master track.
Education Method Lectures (2 hpw) and assistance meetings (2 hpw)
Assessment Written assigments and written exam
Expected prior Knowledge BSc civiele techniek, werktuigbouw, bouwkunde or equivalent
Academic Skills Systems thinking, reporting and presentation skills, collaboration skills
Literature & Study Charles Wasson, "System Analysis, Design, and Development: Concepts, Principles, and Practices"
Materials
Judgement Assignments 50 %, exam 50 %
Permitted Materials during Wasson, lecture slides
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 105 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. J.A.E. ten Veldhuis
Contact Hours / Week 8/0/0/0 practice/instruction
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Required for MSc profile Urban Water Management
MSc courses:
CIE5541 Urban Drainage Monitoring and Modelling
CIE5510 Water Management in Urban Areas
Expected prior knowledge Principles of hydraulics and hydrology
Course Contents 5 x 4 hours plenary morning lectures by various lecturers and scientists in the field of urban drainage and watermanagement.
Plus two full-day workshops on hydrodynamic sewer modelling.
The lectures will discuss characteristics of urban water flows, hydraulics, hydrology and how to apply knowledge of these
phenomena to the design and analysis of urban water systems. Integration of various scientific disciplines and technological and
practical approaches is a central theme in this course.
Approx 20-24 hours self study + preparation of final exam.
Approx 56 hours to work on individual assignment: students will design an urban drainage system for a real case in the
Netherlands, using rainfall statistics, hydrological parameters and hydraulic dimensioning.
Supervision and assistance for assignment work will be provided during 5x4 afternoons in the course period. Students will
prepare a written report of their data, design choices and results and present main results in a plenary session that concludes the
lecture series.
Study Goals After successful finishing of this course, the student should be able to design urban drainage systems for realistic, real-world
cases and to analyse performance of these systems under diverse hydrological conditions, using a hydrodynamic computer
model.
Education Method Plenary lectures, computer workshops and individual assignment work.
Assessment Exam + report of individual assignment + results of computer modelling workshops
Expected prior Knowledge Principles of hydraulics and hydrology as well as basic statistics
Academic Skills Analytical skills, computational skills, reporting and presenting
Literature & Study Lecture notes + background material provided through BB
Materials
Judgement Exam + assignment report
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 106 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. B.M. van Breukelen
Instructor Dr.ir. S.G.J. Heijman
Instructor Dr.ir. H.L.F.M. Spanjers
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Summary The course provides an overview of the most important fundamental processes that are applied in technologies for water
purification to upgrade water quality to specific levels. Physical, chemical, and microbiological processes are dealt with in
detail.
Course Contents The course provides an overview of the most important fundamental processes that are relevant under natural conditions and are
applied in technologies for water purification to upgrade water quality to specific levels. Physical, chemical, and biological
processes are dealt with in detail.
Lectures:
The course deals with the fundamental background of physical, physicochemical, and microbial processes occurring in the
(sub)surface environment and that are engineered in water purification and resource recovery technologies. The following
fundamental processes will be discussed: Mass transport, Gas transfer (stripping and aeration), Sedimentation, Filtration,
(equilibrium and kinetic) Adsorption of organics and trace metals, Ion exchange, Chemical reactions (coagulation, flocculation,
mineral solubility, redox reactions), and Biochemical reactions and their kinetics including microbial growth.
Further, to illustrate the above processes, a selection of treatment processes will be taught in more detail through practical
assignments. These include: Aeration/Gas stripping (lab), Filtration (on-line simulation), and Biochemical conversion and
microbial growth (computer).
Laboratory Practicals:
Various basic experiments will be carried out to become familiar with some fundamental processes for water treatment,
including: either CO2 stripping or aeration, and sand filtration. These experiments also serve as practical illustrations of the
theory taught during the lectures. Moreover, the most important measuring techniques will be taught, including dissolved
oxygen, chemical oxygen demand, nitrogen species, electrical conductivity, pH, alkalinity.
Computer practicals:
Two computer practicals will be performed to become familiar with computer models (Phreeqc and Biowin) simulating water
treatment processes and as tool to obtain further conceptual insight in fundamental processes.
Study Goals General learning goal:
Students will understand fundamental physical, chemical, and biological processes in the treatment of water, and their role in
water treatment processes both under natural conditions and as engineered in technologies. With this understanding students will
be able to make calculations, on the basis of these processes, for the purpose of basic design and research. After the practical
assignments students will have acquired basic lab and computer simulation skills, and will be able to link experimental
observations or computer simulation results with fundamental processes.
Learning goals:
At the end of this course, the students can: give examples of and describe various water treatment processes in natural and
engineered systems to treat and produce specific water types; describe and calculate various water quality indicators; understand
the mechanisms of and perform calculations on key aspects of various water treatment processes (mass transfer, gas transfer;
sedimentation, filtration; sorption of organics and trace metals, ion exchange; coagulation, flocculation, mineral precipitation;
microbial kinetics, biochemical conversion reactions, redox reactions, biomass growth and retention); understand the
mathematical derivation of reactor models and know which model to apply under which conditions; carry out lab and computer
simulation experiments following manuals; analyze laboratory experimental and model simulation results on the aforementioned
processes.
Education Method Interactive lectures with quiz questions, exercises in class and as homework, optional mapleTA multiple choice questions for self
-study. 3 laboratory and 2 computer practicals. Practicals are obligatory as well as handing in at least 5 out of 6 homework
assignments.
Course Relations This course is required for entrance to CIE4475 Drinking water treatment and CIE4485 Waste water treatment. CIE4495-13 uses
knowledge from BSc course CT3420.
Assessment Written exam (open questions, closed book) in week 10; intermediate assessments (5 lab/computer practicals in total) spread
through weeks 2-8.
Contact Boris van Breukelen
office 4.49
phone: 015-2785227
e-mail: b.m.vanBreukelen@tudelft.nl
Expected prior Knowledge Expected prior knowledge: completed BSc level basic chemistry course; BSc course CTB3365 Introduction to Water Treatment;
knowledge from BSc course CT3420 Civiele Gezondheidstechniek is used.
Academic Skills This course will contribute to the following academic skills: analytical thinking, interpretation, problem solving and cooperation.
Literature & Study Lecture slides; Course notes in progress distributed over blackboard.
Materials
Recommended background literature (not obligitory):
David W. Hendricks (2011) Fundamentals of Water Treatment Unit Processes: Physical, Chemical, and Biological. IWA
Publishing. ISBN-10: 1420061917, ISBN-13: 978-1420061918
James J. Morgan and Werner Stumm (1996) Aquatic Chemistry Chemical Equilibria And Rates In Natural Waters, 3rd Revised
edition. John Wiley and Sons Ltd, ISBN: 0471511854, 9780471511854
Judgement Written exam (open questions, closed book) counts for 70%. Practical assignments must be passed and count for 30% (total of 3
laboratory and 2 computer assignments). In case the final mark (100%) is lower than the written exam mark, the written exam
mark counts as final mark.
Permitted Materials during Calculator; Formula sheet distributed as part of exam
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 107 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. R. van Nes
Responsible Instructor Dr. D. Milakis
Instructor Dr.ir. A.J. van Binsbergen
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Course Contents oFinancial analysis: how do private sector investors analyse an investment, cash flows, time value of money, internal rate of
return, project risk assessment.
oCost benefit analysis: basic concepts and principles, monetisation of cost and benefits, social discount rate, net present value
estimation.
oMulticriteria analysis: basic concepts and principles, the role of criteria in decision-making, criteria weighting, sensitivity
analysis.
oTravel cost impacts assessment: concepts and quantification methods for travel time savings, vehicle costs.
oEnvironmental and ecological impacts assessment: concepts and quantification methods for noise, air quality, CO2, ecology.
oSafety impacts assessment: concepts and quantification methods for material and immaterial crash costs (e.g. material damage,
medical costs, production loss, human costs, settlement costs, traffic jam costs).
oLand use impacts assessment: concepts and quantification methods for direct and indirect land use impacts (e.g. accessibility,
land values, economic development, public service costs, livability, housing affordability, health).
oSocial impacts assessment: concepts and quantification methods for distribution and barrier impacts.
oCase studies: transport infrastructure (e.g. road infrastructures; new and/or renewal), transport systems (e.g. public transport
systems; intelligent transport systems; requiring investments yet no (substantial) traditional infrastructure).
oUsage of assessment results in planning process.
Study Goals oDescribe the key impacts included into economic assessment: both concepts and main methods for quantification.
oApply cost-benefit analysis in basic cases.
oAnalyse and evaluate cost-benefit analysis performed in practice.
oExplain and discuss the use of cost-benefit analysis in planning practice.
Education Method Lectures, exercises, group assignment
Assessment Written examination, assignment
Expected prior Knowledge Basic knowledge on micro-economics (preferred)
Academic Skills oCritical thinking, interpretation, writing reports
oJudgement skills, moral awareness/sensitivity
oReasoning, citizenship
Literature & Study Extracts from handbooks, articles, links will be provided on Blackboard
Materials
Judgement Written exam (75%), assignment (25%)
Permitted Materials during Calculator, closed book examination
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 108 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. W. Broere
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Expected prior knowledge Course CTB3385/CIE3300, Use of Underground Space
Summary The course is a follow up of the course CTB3385 Use of Underground Space. It deals in depth with a number of topics related to
the realisation and use of underground constructions. New developments in construction technologies, integral design of
underground solutions and operational safety will be addressed as well as a number of case studies.
Course Contents * Bored Tunnels: new developments
* Immersed tunnels: new developments
* Deep building pits
* Diaphragm walls
* Engineering aspects of bored tunnels: excavation and separation
* Integral design
* Operational Safety
* Tunnel safety for road tunnels
* Recent research in shield soil interaction
* Renovation of immersed tunnels
* Case studies of major tunnelling projects
* Visit major project related to subsurface construction
Study Goals Students obtain knowledge of the recent developments in the use of underground space and construction technology used for
subsurface construction. Based on this knowledge they are able to study and assess complex circumstances, resulting in rational
and integral solutions.
Study load:
Lectures 2 x 14 hours
Related to lectures 14 hours
Self study 36 hours
Writing a paper 24 hours
Exam preparation 8 hours
Oral exam 1 hour
Total 111 hours
Education Method Lectures, cases and writing a short paper.
Literature and Study Lecture notes, handouts, available at Blackboard.
Materials
Assessment The student will write a short paper (6-8 pages) on one of the topics addressed during the course or on a topic that is agreed
upon. After the paper is graded the assessment finishes with an oral exam.
Contact The student-assistants of Underground Space Technology can be contacted at
E: StudassOGB-CiTG@tudelft.nl
T: 85256
Expected prior Knowledge Course CTB3385/CIE3300, Use of Underground Space
Academic Skills
Literature & Study Lecture notes, handouts, available at Blackboard.
Materials
Judgement The student will write a short paper (6-8 pages) on one of the topics addressed during the course or on a topic that is agreed
Permitted Materials during Students' paper
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 109 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
projects:
* Excavating
* Pumping
recommended.
Syllabus:

Materials
Page 110 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Rhine ROFI.
regions and seas.
Materials
Materials
Judgement Exam
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 111 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents The course contents is and will be subjected to changes in the next years, following the retirement of Mr Hans van Duivendijk in
2009. An effort will be made to put the emphasis on more recent techniques and developments in the field of Water Power
Engineering. To stimulate the transfer of knowledge and the active use of the lectured theory, a design exercise has been
introduced.
Nonetheless, for the upcoming year the written material will remain more or less the same, see 'Literature and Study Materials'.
1. General introduction:
Energy sources; historical, present and future production and consumption.
Electricity generation and the contribution of hydro power engineering; the hydraulic engineering works required for energy
production and storage;
Economics of hydropower: principles, contribution by the civil engineer, parameters of interest;
Hydro power from rivers; Siting and type of structures required, some basic formulas and definitions;
Hydro power from the sea; energy generation by making use of tidal levels and streams, waves and osmosis;
2. Principles of water turbines: types, field of application, calculations;

Gates and valves in hydropower projects;
3. High head power plants;
4. Hydro power from reservoirs;

Multipurpose functions, which sometimes clash in the operational stage;
Multiple aspects of reservoirs: technical, economical, but social and environmental as well;
Hydrology and reservoir operation;
Spillways and outlet works in reservoirs;
Earth and rock fill dams (=embankment dams);
Concrete dams: gravity dams, arch dams and buttress dams;
Foundations of dams on rock;
5. Run-of-river plants and water conveyance structures;
6. Osmosis power plants;
7. Tidal power plants / tidal barrages e.g. La Rance and Brouwersdam;
8. Wave energy plants e.g. Pelamis near Portugal;
9. Pumped storage plants, potential use in the Netherlands and abroad;

Study Goals After the course the student is able to:
- oversee and understand the principles of hydro power based energy generation and storage;
- estimate the potential of methods proposed to generate hydro power;
- produce a conceptual design of a specific hydro power structure taking into account local and global environmental parameters;
- judge about the technical and economical feasibility of hydro power projects, especially the feasibility of recently completed
projects or developed proposals for new techniques.
Education Method Lectures and a design exercise.

Literature and Study Lecture notes 'Water Power Engineering, Principles and Charactaristics'. To be purchased at the VSSD-office.
Materials
1. The engineering of Large Dams, H.H. Thomas (2 volumes)
2. Low Head and High Head Power Plants, E. Mosony (3 volumes)
3. The analysis of tidal stream power, Jack Hardisty, ISBN
978-0-470-72451-4, 2009.
Handouts, e.g. ppt's and pdf's of lecture material or interesting background or specialist articles, will be put on Blackboard.
Assessment During the oral examination students have to defend the design they prepared in the exercise and answer more general questions
on the principles and characteristics of Water Power Engineering (theory from the lecture notes and handouts).
Remarks Keep an eye on Blackboard for the most recent Announcements and changes
Collegerama No
Page 112 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. K.J. Bakker
Instructor Ir. K.J. Reinders
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Expected prior knowledge Soil Mechanics 2 CIE 2310
Concrete Structures 2 CIE 3150
Hydraulic structures CIE3330
Summary Design and construction of tunnels for traffic. Functional requirements, determination of boundary conditions, spatial and
structional design and construction aspects of bored and immerse tunnel.
Course Contents The course is closely related to Foundations and construction, CIE4363;, lectures are given as combination lectures. There is a
combined exercise. On demand however, a separate exercise and exam for CIE5305 is possible.
The course extensively treats tunneling methods. A distinction is made between the New Austrian Tunnel Method (NATM),
bored tunnels and immersed tunnels.
General issues related to tunnel structures. Functional and operational requirements, the longitudinal profile, the cross section
and the starting/finishing shaft and/or access and exit road. NATM tunnels and the immersed tunnels.
Different types of bored tunnel construction; NATM-method, slurry shield and earth pressure balance shield. Stability during
construction; frontal support, settlements during construction. Loads on a tunnel and force distribution in the lining. Start and
reception shaft and construction procedures. Requirements concerning the longitudinal and transverse profiles. For immersed
tunnels, construction in the dock, transport and immersion. Stability during floating and after the tunnel has been sunk. Special
aspects such as ventilation, fire, permeability and explosions.
A case study on a tunnel project is done in a group of four students.
Study Goals After the course, the student will be able to:
1. Make a plan for a tunnel; choice of location and track;
2. Make a decision on the type of tunnel; bored or immersed;
3. Make a choice for the construction method and execution;
4. To determine the mechanical boundary conditions for structural design;
5. To evaluate structural forces both during construction and as well as for Service conditions;
6. To evaluate construction effects; settlements, stability and influences on other structures;
7. To design the excavations and related structures for start and reception shafts;
8. To evaluate the transport and placing of immersed tunnels;
9. To make a design for both constructions.
Education Method Lectures with illustrations (video, numerical examples). An excursion to tunnelling projects, exercise in groups of four students
to evaluate a tunnel project and in addition to that to make a design for a tunnel; location, track, construction and structural
design.
Literature and Study Lecture notes: "Bored and Immersed tunnels" and handouts.
Materials The exercise o-n the case study is handed out during o-ne of the lecture hours.
Assessment Prerequisite
1. To deliver a written report on the case study;
2. To attend the Tunnelling excursion.
Test type: design exercise and oral exam

Expected prior Knowledge Students are expected to have knowledge on Structural Engineering at the least on BSc level or equivalent
Academic Skills Structural, Hydraulic and geotecnical engineering. To combine knowledge of different engineering fields into the design of a
spcific Civil Structure; Analysis and Synthesis
Literature & Study Lecture notes: "Bored and Immersed tunnels" and handouts.
Judgement One mark, based on design exercise and oral exam
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 113 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
terminals
5. Fishery ports
management
6. Marinas

2. Open waterways
3. Closed waterways
5. Safety

navigation systems
simulation models
test.
Materials
Page 114 of 238

Exam
Collegerama No
Page 115 of 238

Responsible Instructor Ir. M.A. Burgmeijer
Contact Hours / Week n.a.
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents The course responds to a number of higher level goals beyond the course itself, but to which the course contributes. These are
associated with the introduction and implementation of ICZM and include, for example, the expressed need to examine key
issues of decision making on urban and recreational development in vulnerable coastal section and integration of sectoral
activities in coastal development. It also takes into account the policy objectives of sound Coastal Zone Policy, which emphasise
local participation in decision making.
In sum, the course is part of a learning process which, by means of a structured programme, undertakes the formation of trained
manpower capable of redressing identified problems and helping to build capable institutions, better able to manage and guide
the development of the coastal zone.
The course consists of lectures, demonstrations and workshops. The guiding line through the whole course is the idea that a
coastal zone should be regarded as an integrated system. This will be illustrated by using several case studies in several
countries. One of these cases (the fictive estuary of "Pesisir Tropicana") will be worked out in a workshop. In the case studies the
coastal zone is regarded as a coastal land/water body in the sense that there are demands for various products and services that
the Bay and its environs can supply -- that is, it is a multiple-use resource. The regional economy of the area used in the exercise
is similar to those in many coastal areas in the world, particularly in developing countries. There is a large urban complex, port
facilities and industrial base, with a well developed service sector. Fishing is carried out in the coastal waters. In the hinterland,
various types of primary production take place, including agriculture and mining. Wage levels, existing pollution control and
production technologies are typical of many developing countries. Special attention will be given to the Worldbank Guidelines
for CZM plans.
Attention is paid to various aspects relevant for the planning of the coastal zone: Natural system (biotic and abiotic); user
functions with socio-economic relations; System analysis and policy analysis.
Application in a practical setting (case study) with simulation game.
Study Goals The objectives of the course are to:
Develop an appreciation for and know-how of conceptualisation, policy design, methodology, tools and techniques for coastal
zone management
Gain an understanding and operational grasp of the interdependence of managerial functions related to the improvement of
coastal planning and management
Appreciate the need for integration of coastal zone development policies and their implementation
Become familiar with the multi-disciplinary aspects of the CZM-approach and acquire the capabilities for guiding and
supporting multi-disciplinary teams in complex situations
Education Method Lectures, presentation of case studies, computer exercises and simulation game. Because Integrated Coastal Zone Management is
mainly an attitude and less a skill, it has to be trained in a realistic setting. A fieldtrip to Zeeuws Vlaanderen and Belgium is part
of the course. Students from other Dutch universities are welcome, they are advised to consult the course description in
Blackboard for the admission procedure. This is a joint course, 50% of the participants is from Unesco-IHE or from an external
organization (in practice this will limit the number of places available for TU Delft students).
Note: the course is given as a block-course (two weeks full time) and will be given in the building of Unesco-IHE, Westvest 7,
Delft
Literature and Study A lecture note (reader) will be made available to the participants on the first day of the course (at IHE). This reader is not
Materials available elsewhere. Additional background material is placed on Blackboard. The software used in the course (Cress, Jesew,
Cosmo, etc) is downloadable from Blackboard.
Sufficient participation in the workshop
Test type
Oral evaluation in a small group after finalizing the course and workshop. Knowledge of the contents of the syllabus, results of
the Pesisir Tropicana Case Study and Simulation Game
Enrolment / Application Because the number of places in the course is limited, students are advised to enroll for this course already in block 3; acceptance
is based on sequence of enrollment
Tags Analysis
Broad
Diverse
Group Dynamics/Project Organisation
Group work
Information & Communication
Integrated
Personal
Practicals
Process
Project
Project planning / management
Projects
Specific
Sustainability
Water Engineering
Water management
Expected prior Knowledge BSc
Academic Skills knowledge, making a report, discuss, take part in a meeting, evaluation
Literature & Study A lecture note (reader) will be made available to the participants on the first day of the course (at IHE). This reader is not
Judgement Based on oral evaluation
Permitted Materials during As preparation for the exam the students are requested to put their major findings on one or two sheets of paper
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 116 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
and caissons.
Tests
waves).


Collegerama No
Page 117 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4

probabilities.
Materials
Matlab
Collegerama Yes
Page 118 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3


5. River bends
7. Numerical models
errors.
8 SOBEK exercise



12. Physical models


4229-8dda-9eefaf979443/ .
Page 119 of 238

Tags Analysis
Modelling
Water Engineering
4229-8dda-9eefaf979443/ .
Exam
Collegerama Yes

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Materials
Materials
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 120 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Specific subjects:
Materials
SBRCURnet.
Tests
Materials
(~25%).
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 121 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
failure modes)
Other topics:
Contact Contact:
Exam
Collegerama Yes
No
Page 122 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4


Materials

Tags Analysis
Fluid Mechanics
Mathematics
Matlab
Modelling
Numeric Methods
Software
Water Engineering
Materials

Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 123 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
scale variability.
Vorticity;
6. Tides;

Materials

Exam
Collegerama No
Page 124 of 238

Responsible Instructor Ing. M.Z. Voorendt
Instructor Dr.ir. S. de Vries
Instructor Ir. J.P. van den Bos
Contact Hours / Week Fieldwork
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period none
Expected prior knowledge CIE5318 uses CTB2410, CIE4305 and CIE4310
Course Contents For the fieldwork a number of options are possible, which may change on a yearly basis, depending on the availability of
appropriate locations for the fieldwork. There are two alternatives for the execution of the fieldwork, of which both can be
organized in a year (this will be announced on blackboard an in CE news).
Option 1:
The coastal structures oriented fieldwork is usually organized in Bulgaria. At the coast some profile measurements will be made,
sand samples will be taken and the instantaneous wave condition will be observed. At some rock structures pressure fluctuations
will be observed due to wave impact. A quarry will be visited where the students have to asses several parameters of rock, like
the Dn50, density, blockiness, etc. The Fieldwork in Bulgaria will be done together with Bulgarian students from the University
of Varna. A landscape-architectural component is part of the field work, including cooperation with architecture students, in
order to experience the benefits and challenges of working in an interdisciplinary team.
Option 2:
The morphologically oriented fieldwork will be done along the Dutch coast. Measurements will be done on the beach, like
profile measurements, sand sampling, sediment transport measurements, etc. The collected data will have to be checked to the
deep water boundary conditions (waves and currents) which are available via the routine measuring devices.
The course is given as a block course.

Study Goals After finalization of this fieldwork the student is able to plan and execute a measuring campaign needed to solve problems in the
field of hydraulic engineering. The student is able to collect the relevant types of data with a useful number of samples (as
regards sampling grid and frequency) and a sufficient degree of accuracy. He/she is able to process raw data and put them down
into a measurement record. The student is able to analyze these data and to draw conclusions that are relevant to solving
hydraulic engineering problems. Uncertainties like weather changes, unexpected circumstances, unknown environment and
lacking local background are dealt with. The student is able to organize and operate in a group performing a measurement
campaign.
Education Method Fieldwork - some preparation, followed by one week full-time fieldwork, after return drafting the final report. For the exact date
of the week is referred to Blackboard
Literature and Study Available at the Blackboard website.
Materials
lecture notes of CIE4305 and CIE4310, available at bookshop and VSSD (with discount for members).

Various handouts, downloadable from Blackboard.

Rock Manual 2007 (available as pdf)
Coastal Engineering Manual, downloadable from the website of the USArmy Corps of Engineers.
Software for processing gps and sounding data, downloadable from Blackboard; SwanOne and Cress
Assessment A mark is only given when the following elements are completed:
1. Final report including measurement description and data;
2. Participation in the fieldwork;
3. Individual evaluation of the fieldwork
The mark is based on all three elements
Enrolment / Application The fieldwork itself is a full time week (usually in the beginning of October). Because of booking of airline tickets for the
Bulgarian fieldwork, enrollment is compulsory in block 4 of the previous course year.
Special Information In principle the cost of travel and accommodation are on account of the student; however in practice these costs can largely be
covered from sponsorships.
Remarks Fieldwork on location in the Netherlands or abroad. Preparation (30 hours). Execution of measurements at a coast, a river or at a
coastal structure (one week). Elaboration of data in a report (50 hours). Option for a morphological or a coastal structures
oriented fieldwork.
Elective Yes
Expected prior Knowledge CIE5318 uses CTB2410, CIE4305 and CIE4310
Academic Skills Critical and analytical thinking is needed to determine what data are needed to solve specific engineering problems, and to
determine the required accuracy and amount of data (sample frequency and distance between measuring points). Raw data
should be processed and interpreted. Problems during measuring, processing and interpretation should be solved. The findings
have to be reported.
Literature & Study The usual HE lecture notes, information on blackboard (articles, assignments, old reports and old data files plus documentation)
Materials
Judgement The mark is based on the participation during the fieldwork, the quality of the final report and the quality of the personal
evaluation.
Permitted Materials during All available information and tools are allowed.
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 125 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. A. Askarinejad
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Course Contents This course deals with the set up and execution of site investigations for civil engineering projects, both onshore and offshore,
with an emphasis on geotechnical and geological factors that can be of influence on the realisation of the projects. Attention is
paid to standard and advanced techniques to collect geotechnical data (walk along survey, laboratory and in-situ testing,
monitoring data) and to the problems that some specific soil and rock types can impose. In the accompanying laboratory
practical, a number of important soil and rock tests are carried out. During field excursions, students are exposed to real ground
and site investigation.
The course further deals with physical modelling and experimental techniques in soil mechanics in general. It includes a short
introduction to measurement and control theory, the types of actuators and sensors commonly used and the scaling laws that
apply for full and reduced scale geotechnical modelling. Some of the physical model tests in use nowadays are highlighted with
examples.
A series of simulation exercises called 'Engineering geology games' are proposed to students, during which site investigations are
designed for a variety of construction projects and geological environments. During one of these games, the design and
excecution of a site investigation for a civil engineering project in the Netherlands is simulated. Data is provided, analysed and
used to produce a conceptual model of the ground, forecast ground properties relevant to the project and design additional site
investigation keeping in mind cost efficiency. The Engineering Geology games are preceeded by an introduction to general
geology and geological map reading.
Study Goals The goal of this course is to give an overview of the available laboratory tests and in-situ site investigation techniques, as well as
a basic understanding of measurement and control theory.
Students will be able to explain the fundamentals of physical modelling, and can derive the governing questions and scaling laws
required to interpret the results of a physical modelling.
Students will develop the ability to design a site investigation for different geological situations.
Students can explain why and how the standard and advanced geotechnical laboratory tests are conducted.
Students are able to write technical site investigation reports.
Education Method A combination of lectures, readings and practicals (field and lab work and simulation exercises) is proposed. A schedule
concerning subjects, dates, places and lecturers is handed out at the beginning of the course.
Literature and Study Texbooks:
Materials - Geotechnical engineering and soil testing, by Amir Wadi. Al-Khafaji, Orlando B. Andersland (available at TUD library as e-
book)
- Geotechnical engineering handbook, Braja M. Das, (available at TUD library as e-book)
- Site Investigation, by Clayton, CR, Matthews, MC, Simons, NE, Wiley-Blackwell, 1995
- Geotechnical Centrifuge Technology, by Taylor, RN
- Engineering Geology: principles and practice, by David Price, Springer, 2007
Recommended readings:
- Geotechnical Modelling, by David Muir Wood
Scientific papers which will be uploaded on the Blackboard.

Prerequisites Fundamental concepts of soil mechanics and standard geotechnical laboratory tests. Basic understanding of rock mechanics.
Assessment Assessment based on performance at laboratory work (30%), site investigation games (20%), physical modelling exercise (20%)
and oral exam (30%)
Page 126 of 238

Responsible Instructor F. Pisano
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents Soil dynamics is an important discipline within the field of soil mechanics and foundation engineering. Especially in countries
with a higher risk of earthquakes, for example Japan and the United States of America, soil dynamics is a vital part of earthquake
engineering. Earthquake engineering is the science to design earthquake resistant buildings and infrastructure. In Delta countries
like the Netherlands there are not very strong earthquakes, but here soil dynamics is important for other reasons.
Because of the expanding cities and because of the growing number of traffic jams, more underground structures like bored
tunnels, underground railway stations and parking garages are build close to the foundations of already existing buildings.
Vibrations due to demolishing of old structures, installation of foundation piles and sheet piles, passing trains or other vibrating
sources may create structural damage or personal discomfort. Soil dynamical knowledge is needed to explain, predict and solve
these problems.
Study Goals The students are given the background knowledge both to formulate and solve practical problems occurring in soil dynamics and
to interpret the calculated results.
28 h lectures/contact hours
2 h practical exercise
10 h report on practical exercise
42 h self-study
7 h preparation exam
1 h oral exam
--------+
90 h (6 h * 30 h/ECTS)
Education Method Lessons + practical exercise
Literature and Study Syllabus: Soil dynamics in urban areas (at start available at blackboard)
Materials prints of sheets and notes
Assessment Assignments during the course.
Oral examination based on the lectures, lecture notes, the practical exercise and the accompanying report made by the student.
Enrolment / Application Please enroll by sending an e-mail to the teacher (p.holscher-3@tudelft.nl) with your name and student number before going to
the first lecture. In this way a free lecture note can be made in time for the student.
Remarks The practical experiment: one outside field measurements. Measuring wave speed from impulsive excitation, train vibrations in
the soil and in a simple structure.
The exercise is carried out as a group, but the report will be written as an individual. The report will be written partially before
the test and partially after the test.
Both the lecture notes and this report will be discussed during the oral examination.
Teachers
dr. ir. P. Hlscher e-mail Paul.Hoelscher-3@tudelft.nl
tel. 015-278 90 30 (Thursday/Friday) or
tel. 088-335 73 43 (Monday/Tuesday)
dr. ir. K. van Dalen e-mail K.N.vanDalen@tudelft.nl
Expected prior Knowledge B.Sc. courses CTB1210 (Dynamics and Modelling; required), CTB2300 (Dynamics of Systems; strongly advised) and
CTB2310/AESB2330 (Soil Mechanics, which contains the Theory of Elasticity; required). As an alternative for CTB2300 &
CTB1210, one can take the M.Sc. course CIE4145 (Dynamics and an Introduction into Continuum Mechanics), or courses
AESB1320 and AESB1420.
Academic Skills Analytics and structural mechanics.
Literature & Study Lecture notes and lecture slides.
Materials
Judgement The final grade will be based on the written assignments, report of the field test and an oral exam.
Permitted Materials during The written assignments and report of the field test.
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 127 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. S.C. Steele-Dunne
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Course Contents This course discusses Geographical Information Systems (GIS) and remote sensing in water resources. The course is designed to
allow students to gain hands-on experience by applying GIS (QGIS and GRASS) and remote sensing data for different
applications in water resources.
In addition to the common GIS tasks of visualizing and analyzing data, we will use GIS tools to delineate watersheds, and to
perform land classification and surface water identification and data analysis.
The remote sensing component is focused around measurements in the visible, thermal and microwave regions of the spectrum.
We will introduce the physics behind the measurements, and illustrate how observations in each region yield invaluable data for
water resources. Remote sensing data will be used to analyze elevation and land cover distribution, as well as precipitation, soil
moisture and evaporation patterns in a basin.
In exercises and lectures, different tools and applications are offered. For each application, assignments are given to allow
students to acquire relevant skills. The course structure combines assignments and introductory lectures. Each week participants
work on one assignment. These assignments are discussed in the next lecture and graded. Each week a new assignment is
introduced, together with supporting materials (an article discussing the relevant application) and lectures (introducing
theoretical issues). The study material of the course consists of a study guide, assignments, lecture material and articles. The final
mark is the average of the grades of the individual assignments.
Study Goals After this course a student can:
1) Explain what a GIS is, and to describe its key features
2) Use GIS to visualize and analyze data
3) Use GIS tools to work on real WRM problems
4) Understand important terminology in remote sensing
5) Explain the advantages and disadvantages of measurements in different parts of the EM spectrum
6) Use real remote sensing data to study problems in WRM
Education Method Lectures, exercises
Literature and Study Available through Blackboard
Materials
Assessment Assignments
Collegerama Yes
Page 128 of 238

Responsible Instructor G. Medema
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam by appointment
Course Contents Framework of water and health; human diseases related to water and sanitation: which diseases? how are they transmitted in our
urban environment? how can sanitary engineers help to prevent this?
Insight is given in pathogenic microbes and toxic chemicals and the diseases they cause, how these contaminants behave in the
water environment and how they can be transmitted through water systems and cause disease. The contribution of civil engineers
to the present excellent state of health was and is enormous. Civil engineers in water are also health engineers. Their options for
improvement of health in developing countries are discussed. Water is central: the medical dangers connected with it, but also
the benefits of good water supply and sanitation. Much attention is paid to "new" water related health issues like legionellosis,
SARS, enteric viruses, arsenic, pharmaceuticals, nanomaterials etc.
Study Goals The overall study goal is to make you able to critically evaluate the health risks associated with engineered water systems. You
will learn which health risks can be associated with engineered water systems, how they occur and how you can intervene.
Protection of public health is an important element of your future work as civil engineer.You will get knowledge about the
agents that cause disease, how they are transmitted through the environment and how this can be prevented. You will be able to
design safe water systems and be able to communicate with health authorities, in The Netherlands as well as abroad.
Education Method Lectures, discussion, practicum, demonstration site visit, group assignment, report, presentation
Literature and Study For each lecture reading materials are provided via an electronic database. Reading these lecture reading materials before the
Materials lectures to be able to actively participate in discussions about the lecture topic is required. In addition, background reading
materials are provided via the electronic database. The contents of these background materials may serve as information for the
assignments (together with information that the students have to find themselves), but are not obligatory for the exam.
Practical Guide The aim of the practical work is to create the understanding about transmission of microbes and the effect of hygiene measures in
reducing the probability of transmission of microbes.
Assessment Group assignment presentation & report (50%) and group oral exam about the assignment(50%)
Tags Analysis
Chemistry
Design
Group work
Involved
Modelling
Practicals
Research Methods
Technology
Water Engineering
Water management
Expected prior Knowledge BSc Civil or environmental engineering or equivalent
Academic Skills Learning, presenting your work, academic reading, writing, referencing, information collection and evaluation, teamwork
Literature & Study Provided via Bb
Materials
Judgement Academic contribution to team assignment/presentation/report, knowledge and understanding obtained from lectures, reading
materials and other activities in the course
Permitted Materials during Own group report and literature, lecture notes and presentations and reading materials
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 129 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Expected prior knowledge CIE4420 Geohydrology 1, AESB3340 Mechanics and Transport by Flow in Porous Media, or Equivalent. Basic computer
programming, preferably in Python.
Course Contents The course concerns two major topics in groundwater modeling: The analytic element method and the finite difference method.
Study Goals Upon successful completion, the student is able to
(1) Implement the analytic element method and the finite difference method in a computer model for groundwater modeling.
(2) Apply the analytic element method and the finite difference method as applied to groundwater modeling.
Education Method Lectures in the mornings and computer exercises in the afternoons. You need to bring your own laptop computer to the class.
Expected prior Knowledge Geohydrology I. Computer programming in Python. Hydrology. Fluid Mechanics. Differential Equations.
Academic Skills
Literature & Study
Materials
Judgement
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 130 of 238

Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. H.H.G. Savenije
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Expected prior knowledge Basic knowledge on hydrology
Course Contents Purpose:
Since water is essential for human activities, food supply, people's wellbeing and healthy ecosystems, water is a key element of
almost all the Sustainable Development Goals of the United Nations. Hydrology describes the occurrence, behaviour and flow of
water through our terrestrial system. As a result, knowledge on how the water system behaves is essential for understanding how
societies interact with their natural resources. In this course, we provide the tools to help us analyse and understand these
interactions as a foundation for interventions aimed at making society safe, healthy, productive and fair, in a way that the natural
resources remain accessible and usable for future generations.
More specifically this course will address water resources issues related to:
- Water for society, food and the environment
- Floods and droughts
- Hydrology of deltas
Contents of lectures and study material
1. Hydrology and Water Resources: rainfall mechanisms, extreme rainfall, water resources, groundwater, surface water, water
resources of catchments, rainfall-runoff relations for different temporal scales, water balances, water scarcity, green and blue
water, human interference into the hydrological cycle;
2. Rainfall-Runoff relations: extreme discharge and floods;
3. Determination of peak discharge, factors affecting discharge characteristics, flow duration curve, flood frequency analysis,
rainfall runoff relations, short duration peak runoff, catchment yield;
4. Flood propagation: reservoir routing, channel routing, Muskingum routing, Kinematic routing, relations between methods of
routing and the St. Venant equation;
5. Hydrology of coastal areas: tides, storm surges, propagation of tides into estuaries, salt water intrusion into open estuaries,
seepage of brackish ground water, hydraulic measures in coastal areas and estuaries, effect of dikes, fresh and salt water
reservoirs, drainage;
6. Articles related to the topics described above. For the exam a selection of these articles needs to be studied.
Study Goals 1. Understanding relations between hydrological processes in catchments at different scales and the effects of different types of
stocks and related fluxes;
2. Understanding and calculations of propagation of flood waves;
3. Understanding the hydrological processes in deltas regarding river discharge, inundations, propagation of tidal floods, salt
intrusion, as well as consequences of changes in the system;
4. Frequency analysis of extremes under different climatological conditions.
Education Method Lectures, discussion of selected articles, a reader of relevant articles (on blackboard), short fieldwork (if possible)
Materials "Hydrology of Catchments, Rivers and Deltas"

Reader of articles on blackboard.
Chapters 1, 2 and 3 of "Salinity and Tides in Alluvial Estuaries" by H.H.G. Savenije (downloadable from
www.salinityandtides.com)
Assessment Written exam on:
1) lecture notes Hydrology of Catchments, Rivers and Deltas
2) Power points of the lectures
3) Chapters 1, 2 and 3 of the book "Salinity and tides in Alluvial Estuaries" available on www.salinityandtides.com
4) Selection of articles available on blackboard and discussed during the lectures (details will be provided on blackboard)
Permitted Materials during A hand-written double sided A4
Tests
Expected prior Knowledge CT2011: Watermanagement, CT2310: Hydrology, or equivalent
Academic Skills solving differential equations, proficiency in PYTHON or MATLAB and EXCEL
Literature & Study Lecture note "Hydrology of River Basins, Catchments and Deltas" (on blackboard).
Materials Different scientific papers, available on balckboard
Chapters 1, 2 and 3 of "Salinity and Tides in Alluvial Estuaries" available on http:/salinityandtides.com
Judgement Exercises during the first lecture afternoons and written exam .
Permitted Materials during One handwritten A4 with formulas
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 131 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. T.A. Bogaard
Contact Hours / Week 1 week 40 hours / 3 weeks 4 hours
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents Fieldwork course aimed at water qualitative and water quantitative analysis of a river catchment in the Luxembourg Ardennes.
Note: course is conducted through a number of experiments performed in the field and guided by staff from different disciplines.
Depending on the availability of staff the composition of experiments can differ from the describtions below.
In general:
determination and interpretation of the elements of the hydrological cycle,catchment characteristics, river characteristics and
ecology effect of human interference on discharge hydrology and water quality
presentation and reporting of measurements and research results
Water quantity:
meteorological data; precipitation, evaporation, interception
geohydrology; soil composition, infiltration, hydraulic conductivity, piezometry
applying river discharge measurements by different methods
observation of ecosystem characteristics and the influence of discharge characteristics
tracer hydrology
Water quality:
assesment of water quality based on ecological characteristics
determination of dispersion in a river reach
In a condensed fieldwork period (6 days) students are introduced to the elements of the hydrological cycle and the ecology of a
river system. In this way they learn to appreciate the processes involved in terms of relevance and dimensions. The acquired
expertise of the measurement practise, utilisation and interpretation of data is discussed. For that purpose numerous experiments
in the field are carried out in small groups.
Students define a research question before the fieldwork starts.
Analysis and interpretation, all under supervision, is largely carried out during the fieldwork. Afterwards in groups results are
presented and a report on the research question in a scientific aricle format is produced.
Study Goals Learning to use measurements methodologies for water quantitative and water qualitative analysis
Learning to determine which measurements are needed to collect relevant data for research purposes
Learning to interpret critically the data obtained, including all the uncertainties and restrictions
Learning to present
Learning how to present a research in a scientific report
Learning to work as a team

Education Method In a condensed fieldwork period (5 days) + preparation + reporting experience will be gained with the theory of the courses
CT2310 (Hydrology), CIE4420 (Geohydrology I), CIE4440 (Hydrological measurements), CIE4400 (Water quality
management), CIE5450 (Hydrology of catchments, rivers and deltas), CIE5480 (Ecology & Geomorphology).
Discussions about the measurements used and the interpretation of the results obtained will be stimulated.
Literature and Study Syllabus: Available at start of fieldwork
Materials
Assessment Students will be judged on their participation in the different parts (fieldwork, presentation and scientific report writing).
Judgement is on an individual basis.
Elective Yes
Expected prior Knowledge Theory of measurment techniques, e.g. CIE4440
Academic Skills Collecting liturature, posing and answering a research question
Literature & Study Syllabus: Available at start of fieldwork
Materials Self collected literature depending on topic
Judgement Students will be judged on their participation in the different parts (fieldwork, presentation and scientific report writing).
Permitted Materials during not applicable
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 132 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. R.R.P. van Nooijen
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Expected prior knowledge The student should be able to:
carry out calculations with complex numbers,
integrate and differentiate functions,
explain what a backwater curve is,
solve simple ordinary differential equations,
understand the basics of open channel flow and
calculate the discharge over a weir or through a gate from upstream and downstream energy levels
Course Contents The field of water management encompasses a large number of subjects and decision levels from international to regional. This
course takes the student through the design process of a control system from quantification of the aims to the design of the
controllers.
Operational objectives of control are discussed, as are types of control systems (manual, automatic), types of controllers (on/off,
PID, optimization), control variables (water level, discharge), modelling a controlled system and the design of controllers. The
course is illustrated by applications, examples and exercises from engineering practice both in the Netherlands and abroad.
Study Goals After completion of this course, the student will be able to answer the following questions about a given water system and a
criterion or set of criteria for the desirability of a system state and/or behaviour (from the point of view of controlling the
system).
To what extent can the separate criteria be met?
To what extent can a combination of the criteria be met?
Given an agreement with stakeholders on the degree to which the criteria are to be met, what type of control system can
implement this agreement?
Suggest control systems that behave in ways that match the desires of the stakeholders.
Give a description of the control system in the language of control theory and using structure diagrams.
Education Method Lectures with in-class exercises, computer labs and homework assignments
Materials
lecture notes CT5490 (available as pdf on blackboard)
to be announced
Written exam
Remarks In addition to questions on the material covered in the lecture notes, the exam may contain questions on any subject discussed in
the lectures, in the assignments, or in the computer labs and exercises.
Barring unforeseen circumstances an excursion is part of the course and one of the lectures is given during the excursion.
Tags Water management
Expected prior Knowledge The student should be able to:
Academic Skills In this course you will
interpret water system behaviour
formulate and test hypotheses on the effects of control
cooperate with a partner on assignments
write reports on system simulations
consider the acceptability of control rules for stakeholders
Literature & Study obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s):

Materials
Lecture notes CT5490 (available as pdf on blackboard)
obligatory other materials:
To be announced
Judgement Assignments are graded as complete or incomplete. All assignments must be completed two weeks before the date of the exam.
If not all assignments are completed before the deadline the candidate will not be allowed to take the exam. The exam grade is
the final grade. If the candidate does not participate in the exam in the same academic year then the completed assignments do
not carry over to the next year.
Permitted Materials during Use of a calculator is allowed, as long as the memory is empty of programs and data relevant to this exam. No other tables or
Exam reference materials are allowed during the exam.
Collegerama Yes
Page 133 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. E. Mostert
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Language Dutch (on request English)
Expected prior knowledge Completion of Bachelor
Summary Water law is of great importance for water management and civil engineering. It deals with concrete issues such as: how safe
should the dykes be?; which water quality standards have to be reached?; who should take action?; and: who has to pay? The
purpose of this course is to give the students insight into the content and development of Dutch water law and its importance for
water management and the work of engineers.
Course Contents The following topics will get attention:
Types, forms, functions and sources of law, main water acts, main information sources
Organisational structure of Dutch water management, tasks and competencies, discussions on the waterboards
Management of surface water quantity and quality, groundwater, flood protection and the main rivers
Public water supply
Financing of water management
European water management and the Water Framework Directive
Legal protection and liability
Specific topic or issue, selected by the student (part of examination)
Excursion to the Second Chamber of the Dutch parliament (depending on agenda of the Second Chamber)
For foreign students a tailor-made self-study assignment is made, focusing on European water law and the water law in the home
country of the student. Several supportive lectures are given for this group.
Study Goals After following this course, the student should be able to:
1. take legal constraints and possible complications into account when making technical analyses
2. use the main information sources and evaluate and process the information that is obtained
3. answer simple legal questions
4. decide when to involve a legal expert and what exactly to ask
To be able to do this, the student should:
5. obtain basic information concerning water law, the development of water law and the implications of water law for the water
management practice.
Education Method lectures
exercises
self-study
Literature and Study Dutch version: Lecture notes: Mostert, E., Waterrecht en Organisatie, 2016. From September/ October onwards, the lecture notes
Materials can be ordered in the usual way or downloaded from Blackboard. The exact date will be published on Blackboard.
English version: Obligatory materials will be posted on Blackboard

Assignments
Enrolment / Application Self-enrollment on Blackboard
Elective Yes
Tags Broad
Diverse
Integrated
Policy Analysis
Water Engineering
Water management
Contact E. Mostert, building civil engineering room 4.82, tel. 87800, e.mostert@tudelft.nl
Expected prior Knowledge Completed Bachelor
Academic Skills Academic skills practiced include information search, critical thinking, (showing) sensitivity to the social context of technology,
initiative and , especially for the English language version, writing.
Literature & Study Dutch version: Lecture notes: Mostert, E., Waterrecht en Organisatie, 2016. From September/ October onwards, the lecture notes

Judgement Based on how well the student has reached the educational goals, as shown, among others, by the self-study of a topic or issue
selected by the student him- or herself. To support grading, a rubric has been made that will be posted on Blackboard.
Permitted Materials during Students may bring with them short notes or background materials on own topic.
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 134 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. F.H.M. van de Ven
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
4
Start Education 3
4
Course Contents Three aspects of water management in urban areas are addressed:
A: RELEVANT PROCESSES
Functions of urban surface waters, groundwater and wastewater; functions of urban surfaces.
Pathtways and fluxes of water in the urban environment; urban water balances; urban climate; ground and surface water regimes;
urban dessication; consequences of urbanization and of climate change on urban water system; interaction of urban and rural
water systems; hydrological interaction with river basin.
Quality of stormwater, groundwater and surface water; sources of pollution; behaviour and degradation of pollutants.
Ecological quality and processes; relation with chemistry and hydromorphology of urban water courses.
Land subsidence, land filling and interaction with water ground- and surface water manangement.
B: DESIGN & ENGINEERING
Design standards and how to assess these for water quantity and quality; design loads, design storms and design series; statistics
and risks; storage design discharge frequency relations.
Design procedures for stormwater, surface water and groundwater drainage, land filling, subsidence and its interactions.
Operational control of surface water and groundwater.
Design of water quality management in urban surface waters.
Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems(SUDS), Low Impact Development (LID), Best Management Practices (BMPs).
Stormwater infiltration facilities and their design aspects.
Building site preparation, constructive aspects, transport and accessibility of the terrain, working conditions for building.
Maintenance and its effects on drainage design.
C: PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT
Planning process management; target oriented planning; guiding principles and process oriented approach procedures;
collaborative planning of urban drainage projects.
Waterwise spatial and urban planning. Climate resilient urban water management.
Urban water management plans, spatial planning and urbanism
Transition management; mainstreaming innovative urban drainage and urban water management solutions.
Study Goals The student is able to plan and create a sustainable, healthy, climate resilient, safe and pleasant urban environment by
manipulating and controlling conditions of land and water in the area.
The student knows how to design facilities for the drainage and control of stormwater, surface water and groundwater, for
controlling the quality of this water and for supplying water where this is required. He/she is able to create a stable, solid and
fertile soil and subsurface, while minimizing land subsidence. He knows how these facilities are implemented and how to
maintain them well. All this in order to sustain the many functions this water, soil and subsurface can serve in the urban
environments.
The student understands the hydrological, hydro-chemical end ecological processes and knows how to analyse and evaluate the
performance of an existing urban water management system. He/she is able to design a monitoring system to be able to evaluate
this performance.
The student is able to lead the development of strategic plans for urban water management, urban flood risk management,
climate adaptation and blue-green spatial planning (water-based spatial planning for smart and adaptive circular cities). He know
how to organize the planning process and the cooperation of water managers, urban planners and the stakeholders and is able to
evaluate the quality of the technical quality of the products.
Education Method lectures, assignment, workshop, excursion

Literature and Study Lecture notes available at Nextprint. PPTs and additional reading material available on Blackboard.
Materials
Remarks Summary
Master course on design and planning of the urban water management system. Water fluxes and relevant processes in water and
soil. Stormwater, surface water and groundwater drainage design (quantity and quality) in interrelation with subsidence and
based on functional demands and standards. Stormwater infiltration and building site preparation. Water wise spatial planning
and urbanism. Water management policy development.
Judgement Grade at oral exam.
Page 135 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. J.G. Langeveld
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Required for MSc specialisation in urban water management
CIE4491 Urban drainage and watermanagement
Course Contents 7 x 4 hours plenary lectures
specialised topics in urban drainage monitoring.
1 exercise in which acquired knowledge from the lectures will be applied and tested.
1 excursion with CIE 5510
The lectures will discuss uncertainties in hydrodynamic sewer models, calibration procedures for such models and interpretation
of calibration results. Secondly, sensoring and monitoring systems for urban drainage systems will be discussed, including
specific problems with sensors in a harsh environment, monitoring data transfer and data validation and analysis. Thirdly, sewer
asset management, including sewer inspection methods, will be discussed.
Study Goals After successful finishing of this course, the student should be able to interpret hydrodynamic model results and their
uncertainties and should be able to apply data validation routines. Furthermore, the student should be able to interpret
uncertainties related to several methods used to obtain information required for sewer asset management.
In addition, the student should be able to understand and interpret research papers.
Education Method Plenary lectures and individual exercise
Assessment Oral exam. Succesful finishing of the exercise is required before taking the exam.
Elective Yes
Tags Integrated
Underground
Water management
Contact Jeroen Langeveld, j.g.langeveld@tudelft.nl
Expected prior Knowledge CIE4491 Urban drainage and water management
CT2310 Hydrology
CT2140 Fluid Mechanics 2
Academic Skills critical thinking, interpretation, professionalism, reasoning/arguing
Literature & Study reader on modelling and monitoring
Materials recent literature
Judgement oral exam
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 136 of 238

Contact Hours / Week 6-8/0/0/0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Contents Based on working on exercises on project decision making and planning, the specific context of working abroad in general and
in developing countries in particular is illustrated, with regard to socio-cultural aspects, planning and financing of projects, roles
of (consulting) engineers and contractors, local materials, techniques and knowledge and environmental issues.
As the actual content of the different components may show slight changes over the years, the interested student is directed to
Blackboard to see the actual contents of the course in the respective year.
define projects in several phases of the project cycle (feasibility, identification, design and construction, evaluation, operational
management) within their respective field of specialisation
explain how other than civil engineering disciplines can contribute to project activities abroad
distinguish different working environments for civil engineers abroad (management, design and construction, research, financing
etcetera)
distinguish main organisations involved in development aid at national and international level in terms of their goals, financing
policies and actions
recognise local working and living environments in socio-economic and technical terms
Education Method (guest) lectures on specific subjects (including project cycle, organisations and cultural differences). Guest lecturers discuss their
own (working) experience abroad or actual subjects
discussions, exercises and role-plays during lecture hours
individual and group exercises during self-study hours

Literature and Study Materials to be used, including documentation, exercises and cases are made available o-n Blackboard. Links to other,
Materials recommended material are given too.
Assessment There is no written or oral exam. Grading is based on active participation in discussions and exercises.
Expected prior Knowledge None
Academic Skills Debating
Writing an essay
Writing a project proposal
Materials
Judgement The exercises are marked; the average mark is the final mark.
Permitted Materials during NA
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 137 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
Course Contents The course introduces ecological concepts and will detail on aquatic ecosystems functioning for stagnant water, running water
and wetlands. Points to cover will be: biological, physical and chemical aspects of aquatic ecosystems, trophic levels,
characteristic organisms, population dynamics, natural and induced shifts in ecosystems and the aquatic ecological effects of
climate change.
The course will introduce hydro-geomorphological concents and detail on especially water erosion, sedimentation and landslide
mechanisms and the role of vegetation and animal activity on it in different environments (mountains, rivers, estuaries) and
different climates (arid, tropical and humid). Feedback mechanisms between ecology and hydro-geomorphological processes
will be discussed.
Furthermore, the course will focus on ecological assessment. andEuropean legislation: Water Framework Directive and on the
health and ecological aspects of harmful cyanobacteria and bio-invaders.
The importance of Civil engineering on aquatic ecosystems will be shown as well as aquatic restoration measures and ecological
responses. Lastly, the influence of forests on floods will be discussed.
Study Goals After successfully finishing the course the student:
1) should be familiar with ecological concepts and ecological points of view and is able to understand ecosystems functioning.
2) is acquainted with hydrogeomorphological processes such as water erosion, landsliding and sedimentation and is be able to
describe the interrelationships between the abiotic and biotic environment.
3) understands the consequences of civil engineering intervention on geosystems and ecosystems and knows the jargon of the
disciplines of biology and geomorphology and can communicate with experts in these fields
Education Method Lectures, workshop
Literature and Study Study material comprises of a list of scientific articles, book chapters, hand-outs and powerpoint presentations
Materials
Assessment Poster presentation (30%)
Written exam (70%)
Contact Prof.Dr. Michael McClain [m.mcclain@unesco-ihe.org]‎
Dr. Thom Bogaard (T.A.Bogaard@tudelft.nl)
Expected prior Knowledge Basic knowledge of earth science and water systems.
General knowledge on modelling approaches in Civil or Environmental Engineering.
Detailed knowledge on ecology is not a pre-requisite.
Reading and analyzing scientific papers
Oral and poster presentation
Debating and discussing
Literature & Study Course material (scientific literature and powerpoint hand-outs) will be specified at start of the course and provided during the
Materials course.
Judgement Poster presentation (30%)
Written exam (70%)
Permitted Materials during Poster presentatiuon with own poster
Exam No material is allowed during written exam
Collegerama No
Page 138 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Contents The course covers the use of trenchless technologies, which is a versatile installation method for small infrastructure (gas, water,
sewers, etc). It is meant as an addition to other specialistic courses and the topics studied here can also be applied in other
courses. Next to the installation process and the design of the linings, the organisation of a TT project will be discussed.
The course deals with basic aspects of:

- Cables and ducts
- Geology and geotechnics in relation to boring techniques and bore fluids
- The technique of Horizonal Directional Drilling (HDD)
- The technique of Micro-tunnelling
- Boring equipment
- Measuring equipment
- Steering equipment
- Technical calculations for HDD and Micro-tunnelling
- Technical calulations for stresses in pipelines
- Renovation of existing pipelines
- Research on trenchless technology and innovative applications
- Influence of contract types on project execution
- Role of the contractor and engineering office
- Risks and risk management
- Case discussions
Study Goals Students will be able to identify and describe the methods available for trenchless installation and rehabilitation of cables and
ducts. They will be able to make a preliminary design for new pipe line installations.
paper and oral exam
Materials
Reader "Reader Trenchless Technology CIE5741" by W. Broere, S. van der Woude
Available via Microweb or as pdf on BB
Assessment As part of the course, the students (in groups of max. 2 students) have to make a preliminary design and risk assessment for a
river crossing of a large diameter pipeline, using HDD or micro-tunnelling. This design is based on the lecture notes as well as
the relevant national codes and standards.
The resulting design is discussed and commented during an oral examination.
Remarks Multidisciplinary course for Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Applied Earth Sciences.
The course covers the use of trenchless technologies (drilling, tunnelling, and renovation techniques). These techniques are
widely used for the installation and renovation of tunnel-, pipe- and cable systems for small infrastructure (oil, gas, water,
sewerage). The course offers basic theoretical and practical knowledge of the techniques and used materials. Legal,
administrative aspects and innovation will form an integral part of the course.
T: 85256
Expected prior Knowledge Basic understanding of soil mechanics and structural mechanics is advisable but not mandatory.
Academic Skills
Literature & Study obligatory lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Materials
Judgement The oral examination discusses the students' paper as well as topics from the course.
The final mark is based on the report and oral discussion.

Exam
Collegerama No
Page 139 of 238

Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. M.J.C.M. Hertogh
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Expected prior knowledge CIE5981 uses CT1061
CIE5981 uses CT2061
CIE5981 uses CT3061
Course Contents In course CIE5981 a review is given of the most common forms of collaboration in realising a project in civil engineering. The
course discusses the state of the art. This is done in a fundamental way but the theory is clarified by means of practical examples
illustrated by visiting lecturers. The course aims at preparing students fundamentally for the various forms of collaboration he
will engage during his professional career. However it is emphasized that no attention will be paid to the literal contents of the
various contracts. It is a matter of insight so that later on the correct choices can be made for the adequate form of contract for a
specific type of project.
The following subjects will be dealt with:
principles of an agreement and the elements that play a role in collaboration are discussed
the control of a project in relation to collaboration forms
the contract and the corresponding components such as tasks, responsibilities and authorities
the systems of reimbursement as a function of contract form
risks, risk distribution, risk management, in various contract forms
the family of: design & construct, DBM, DBMOT, DBMFOT, partnering, alliances, public private partnership
practical examples illustrated by visiting lecturers
foreign forms of collaboration
the selection and choice of a contract partner
new development in different countries.

Study Goals The students knowledge and skill in the following activities will be increased relative to the intellectual development level
attained during his or her BSc study:
a. The understanding of the principles of project agreements;
b. The understanding and choice of forms of collaboration;
c. The evaluation of alternative forms of contract;
d. The various types of reimbursement;
e. The selection and choice of contract partners;
f. The understanding of the various components of contracts;
g. Foreign contracts .
Materials
Reader: "Forms of collaboration in civil engineering"
Available at BookShop Civil Engineering.

recommended other materials:
Material and presentations made available on Blackboard.

Assessment Written exam (open questions and multiple choice)
Remarks Summary
Parties in the building industry can choose between various forms of collaboration and contract models. The different forms of
collaborations are derived from the economic concepts such as value, price and cost. The course has a theoretical character but
its contents is illustrated by means of practical examples by guest lecturers. The following forms of collaboration are dealt with:
traditional contract, building team, general contracting and the families of Design & Construct. Discussed will be the contract-
content with tasks, obligations, authorities, responsibilities, liabilities, systems of reimbursement and risk division. The following
models of contract are discussed: design & construct, partnering, alliances, public private partnership, risk management, risk
sharing and contracts that deal with the organization during building.
Page 140 of 238

Responsible Instructor Ir. drs. J.G. Verlaan
Co-responsible for Dr. D.F.J. Schraven
assignments
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Required for Compulsory course for master CME - Construction Management & Engineering (3TU)
Summary Reader Financial Engineering (pdf on BlackBoard)
Short overview of the theory of the firm

Sources of finance, cost of finance, capital markets
Cash flow models, decision rules like payback period, C/B ratio, NPV
Financial accounting
Financing (international) projects, project finance
Political and social factors
Portfolio management
Financial risk management
Course Contents This course deals with the finance issues related to the implementation of civil engineering projects. It introduces economic
engineering concepts and finance-related topics such as project financing and financial accounting. This course requires the
student to study in detail:
#Finance and the firm, covering topics such as sources of finance, cost of finance, financial structures, working capital
management and financial accounting
#Capital Budgeting Decisions and Risk, covering topics such as Capital Budgeting, Political and Social factors, Portfolio
Management and Risk Considerations
#Project finance, covering topics such as international capital markets, stakeholder/actors viewpoints and cash flow modelling of
projects including characteristics of typical projects like oil wells, open mining, infrastructure and office buildings
Study Goals The intended learning outcomes of this course are:
#To give students a knowledge of financing and financial implications of civil engineering projects from both a firm and a
project perspective, including perspectives from financial involved actors
#To give students an understanding of the project life-cycle and its impact on and relationship with project finance
#The ability of students to deal with uncertain political and social factors and financial risks
Education Method This course will include lectures, case studies and an individual assignment.
Books Principles of Corporate Finance, Brealy, Myers and Allen, Eleventh Global Edition
Assessment The final assessment is a written examination (40 multiple choice questions).
The use of an calculator is allowed.
No cell phones or tablets are allowed.
Contact CME Secretary's Office, CiTG room 3.40,
mrs. Sandra Schuchmann - Hagman,

s.c.m.schuchmann@tudelft.nl
tel: +31 (0)15 27 84774
Expected prior Knowledge No prior knowledge is required.
Academic Skills To prepare for the future interdisciplinary world of work (engineering and finance, projects), to broaden academic skills with
respect to optimization and to obtain interdisciplinary competences.
Judgement The result of the multiple choice exam should be 6.0 or higher.
Permitted Materials during * The use of a calculator is allowed, but no mobile phones or tablets / iPads.
Exam * No books or dictionaries are allowed
Page 141 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Course Contents The course addresses relevant topics in Soil Mechanics and Geotechnical Engineering
related to offshore energy production (oil&gas developments and renewable sources).
The core subject is the analysis and design of the most common
foundation types for offshore structures. After some preliminary recaps on soil behaviour,
the response of marine soils to environmental cyclic loading is illustrated and discussed.
Then, essential concepts about subsea
site investigation are discussed. The course core topics are widely addressed, concerning the
analysis/design of both shallow and deep offshore foundations.
Study Goals The main learning objectives are:
1. to recognise and describe the main features of offshore soil behaviour under environmental loading;
2. to describe the principles for planning offshore site surveys for soil characterization purposes;
3. to analyse/design of the main shallow foundation types(including spudcans and suction units)
according to standard analytical approaches
4. to analyse/design of offshore piles
Education Method - in class theoretical and practical sessions
- possible assignments on the most relevant topics
Assessment Written Exam
Remarks Old course code: OE4624-15

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. A.M. Talmon
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Assessment Written
Page 142 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
Summary
processes.
Page 143 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. E. Lourens
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
Expected prior knowledge CIE4140 Structural Dynamics or an equivalent course.
Course Contents The course focusses on identification problems in structural dynamics, i.e. on the reconstruction of uncertain or unknown
structural properties from measured vibration response data. These properties can be the natural frequencies or mode shapes of a
structure, the stiffnesses of its supports, the loading applied to the structure, etc. Such identification problems are encountered in
all engineering applications where measured data (be it accelerations, strains, or displacements, etc.) are used to reduce
uncertainty on the dynamic behaviour of in situ structures under real operating conditions.
To ensure generality, the presented identification and monitoring techniques are applied to structures modelled using a mass and
stiffness matrix (extractable from any finite element software).
The course can be divided into the following parts:

1.System identification, structural health monitoring, and model updating (2 lectures, 2 practical sessions)
Different techniques for extracting modal parameters from vibration response data are presented, and it is shown how the
extracted parameters can be used
a) in vibration-based structural health monitoring applications, and
b) for updating (improving) our numerical models.
2.Load identification (2 lectures, 1 practical session)
First, a number of numerical aspects essential to the understanding and effective solution of linear inverse problems is addressed,
with the focus on the load identification problem as encountered in structural dynamics. A simple frequency-domain technique
for estimating the dynamic loads on a structure based on its measured vibration response is subsequently presented.
3.State estimation the Kalman filter (1 lecture, 1 practical session)
Deterministic-stochastic models of structures are introduced, and it is shown how classical optimal state estimation techniques
(e.g. the Kalman filter) can be used for continuous monitoring of structural deformations based on limited response data.
The remaining lecture hours and practical sessions are spent on introducing the students to Matlab, recapitulating deterministic
models of structural systems as these were presented in the course CIE4140 Structural Dynamics (but with the focus on
discretized as opposed to analytical representations), and reduced-order modelling. The latter topic is included because of its
importance when dealing with in situ measured data from large-scale complex structures.
Study Goals Students succesfully completing the course will be able to:
1) identify the dynamic properties of a structure from measured vibration response data,
2) calibrate finite element models based on identified dynamic properties,
3) identify the forces acting on a structure from its vibrational response.
Education Method Lectures are alternated by practical sessions in which the presented techniques are applied to a simple beam structure in Matlab.
Assessment Group project and oral examination.
Page 144 of 238

Responsible Instructor Ir. J.S. Hoving
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Required for AT327-12 Arctic Offshore Engineering at UNIS, the University Centre at Longyearbyen, Svalbard (Spitsbergen).
Course Contents The course OE44115 Arctic Engineering is divided into 3 main parts: approximately half of the lectures consist of a General
introduction to Arctic Engineering, while during the remainder of the course we treat the 'Dynamics of Ice-Structure Interaction'
and several Special Topics, with a focus on ice-structure interaction.
First, the general basics of Arctic Engineering will be discussed during the general introduction to Arctic engineering. This part
of the course schedule starts with a discussion on environmental issues in the Arctic, after which a geographical and historical
overview of Arctic resources and current developments is given. Subsequently, the existing ice features and ice regimes are
discussed based on geography and local conditions. Additionally, the physical micro- and macro-properties of ice, ice
morphology, ice thermodynanics and ice mechanics are treated. The general introduction to Arctic Engineering concludes with
an introduction to ice-structure interaction, based on the Arctic engineering code ISO19906.
The theoretical core of the course OE44115 Arctic engineering consists of the (statics and) dynamics of ice-structure interaction.
Initially, an overview of the available models for dynamic ice-structure interaction and ice-induced vibrations will be given. The
phenomenon of frequency lock-in is considered, as well as beam and plate theories to model the ice during its interaction with a
structure. Additionally, we will touch upon the numerical application of dynamic processes within Arctic engineering and
discuss the industrial experience with ice-induced vibrations.
In the last part of the course, we explore a number of special topics that broaden the perspective of engineering in the Arctic.
These special topics are not necessarily the same each year and depend on the availability of industry and university specialists.
The special topics that have been treated in previous editions of the course are: 'Arctic Engineering Practice', 'Structural Design
for Arctic Conditions', 'Arctic Oceanography', 'Scaling in Ice Mechanics and Ice-Structure Interaction' and 'Ice Management &
Escape, Evacuation & Rescue'.
Study Goals Participants will know about the ice features and ice conditions that occur at typical Arctic engineering locations and they will be
aware of the workings of ice physics and ice mechanics. They will have an understanding of the available types of structures for
the Arctic, the static and dynamic ice loads on these structures and the issues involved in designing, constructing and
maintaining these structures in Arctic conditions.
Education Method Lectures, guest lectures and a non-compulsory bonus exercise.
Course Relations This course does not require any courses as compulsory pre-knowledge. Although generally Arctic Engineering is focused on
offshore applications, this course has been set-up to address the complete range of Arctic Engineering applications, that include
the development and transport of resources, environmental impact and climate change, oceanography, as well as maritime,
hydraulic and coastal engineering.
Nevertheless,interesting background information for the course OE44115 Arctic Engineering may be obtained from the courses
OE44095 Bottom Founded Offshore Structures and CiE4140 Structural Dynamics.
A positive result for the course OE44115 Arctic Engineering is compulsary to be allowed to participate in the course AT327-12
Arctic Offshore Engineering.
Literature and Study Currently the lecture notes for this course are a work-in-progress. Extensive lecture slides and hand-outs that contain all the
Materials necessary information are provided to the participants of this course through Blackboard.
Assessment The assessment for this course consists of a written exam. Note however that a bonus to the exam grade can be earned by doing a
non-compulsory bonus exercise.
Remarks Previous course codes: OE4680 and OE4680-12
Page 145 of 238

Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE NUS Electives National University of Singapore
Page 146 of 238

Page 147 of 238

Year 2016/2017
CIE-HE Elective Courses
Page 148 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Expected prior knowledge General Geology or Geology for engineers is recommended but not compulsory.
Summary Geology for engineers and Engineering Geology. Engineering properties of major types of soils and rocks, their variations
according to geological and climatic setting and their impact on construction projects.
Course Contents This course is primarily intended to provide an overview of the engineering geological characteristics of the major types of soils
and rocks, and their impact on engineering design and construction. The ways the source materials, the agents responsible for
their formation and the climatic conditions in which they were formed govern their mineralogy and fabric, and thus their
behaviour, are highlighted.
This course addresses the following issues:

- how the engineering properties of soils and rocks vary according to the geological conditions governing their deposition and
their subsequent stress history
- how the behaviour of some geological materials deviate from those of "textbook" soils and rocks
- how geological properties impact on engineering behaviour
Study Goals Students can predict the engineering geological characteristics of the major types of soils and rocks, and their impact on
engineering design and construction. They are able to carry out feasibility studies for projects based on real geological maps and
information.
Education Method Lectures, worksheet practicals

The course consists of 2 blocks:
1 Soils: Engineering geology of soils and sediments
2 Rocks: Engineering geology of rocks: igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary.
Tuition is based broadly on four hours of lectures and four hours of practicals per week. Engineering geologists working with the
industry are invited to share their expertise on given geological environments.
Literature and Study AES1630 documents available on Blackboard
Materials
TEXTBOOKS

PERIODICALS
Environment.
Assessment Three written assignments, one oral assignment and one written exam. Submission of the first, second and third worksheets is
due as at the end of the second, fifth and seventh week respectively to Dominique Ngan-Tillard by e-mail.
Enrolment / Application Please enroll the AES1630 BB site before the first lecture.
Expected prior Knowledge General Geology or Geology for engineers is recommended but not compulsory.
Academic Skills All aspects of an Academic attitude (skills, ethics, integrity and citizenship)are developed in the course. Aspects such as ethics,
integrity, and citizenship are part of the feasibility studies of the last two worksheets.
Literature & Study AES1630 documents available on Blackboard
Materials
TEXTBOOKS

PERIODICALS
Environment.
Judgement The assessment of the written assignments will be based on questions posed within the Worksheets. The submission will be
assessed on the basis of its technical content and relevance to engineering geology. The oral assignment will consist of the
presentation of a poster on sandstone, answers to questions from the audience and formulation of questions about posters
presented by other groups. The exam will consist of a case study and knowledge/thinking questions.
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 149 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Required for Offshore soil mechanics (OE4624), BSc students from AES and HBO students
Summary Physico-chemical properties of soils. Ground water flow. Stresses and strains in soils. Effective stress principle. Soil stiffness
and strength. Basic laboratory tests. Drained and undrained response. Settlements, bearing capacity, earth pressure and sheet-
piles. Stability of cuts and slopes.
Course Contents The course gives an introduction to fundamental aspects of soil mechanics, e.g. soil composition, stress, strain, strength and
stiffness and ground water flow. Implications of these properties for applications, such as settlement predictions, bearing
capacity of shallow and deep foundations, retaining structures (e.g. sheet pile, quay wall), stability of cuts and slopes.
Study Goals The course is addressed to Applied Earth Science, Road and Railway and Offshore Engineering students who have little or no
prior knowledge of soil mechanics and geotechnical engineering, and to students coming from HBO. At the end of the course the
student should be faimiliar with basic soil mechanics and foundation engineering, to allow further education at MSc level and
application of basic concepts in design.
Education Method Lectures, tutorials, self-study
Literature and Study Materials
Materials - Soil mechanics by A. Verruijt, 2001
- Craig's Soil Mechanics by R.F. Craig (and J. Knappet), 2012
- Lecture notes
Prerequisites Basic mechanics, knowledge of the concept of stress and strain and elasticity.
Assessment Written examination including:
- multiple choice questions
- applied questions

Contact Hours / Week 10/0/3/0 + excursion
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
3
Start Education 1
3
Exam Period 1
3
Course Contents This course provides engineering students with a broad geological background that will enable them to place engineering project
into a larger geologic framework. The course consists of four themes: 1 Physical Geology, which includes the tectonic, rock and
hydrological cycle; 2. Structural Geology, which includes description of faults, folds and deformation; 3. Sedimentology, which
will focus on sedimentation and erosion processes of rivers, coastlines, deltas, continental shelves and slopes; and 4.
Geomorphology and Earth surface processes, which includes glaciated landscapes, hillslope processes and mass movements.
Where possible examples will be shown of the complex interaction between geology and engineering. A number of exercises
will include a practical in the mineralogical museum, a study of sedimentary structures of coastal and fluvial deposits as well as
geologic map reading.
Study Goals The goal of this coarse is to provide the student with a broad geologic framework that places potential geohazards (c.f. sea level
rise, flooding, earthquakes, hillslope failure, climate change) as well as the origin of various resources in a geologic perspective.
In addition, the course should provide the students with basic geologic knowledge that will enable them to proceed with further
specialized geological/ sedimentological or geomorphological studies if needed.
Education Method Class, practicles and excursion
Assessment Two written exams and report of the excursion
Page 150 of 238

AES1750-09 D1 Geology for Engineers, Exam 2
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Course Contents AES1750-09 D1 corresponds with the course TA1910, which is taught by Giovanni Bertotti. Check TA1910 on Blackboard for
the latest updates
Study Goals see TA1910
Education Method lectures and practical work
Books The following text book is mandatory (and sold at reduced price by the MV (Students' Association of Applied Earth Sciences):
Understanding Earth
John Grotzinger, Thomas H. Jordan, Frank Press, Raymond Siever
Paperback: 654 pages
Publisher: W. H. Freeman; 6th edition (2010)
ISBN-10: 0716766825
ISBN-13: 978-0716766827
Assessment written exam. When you subscribe for the exam. Please subscribe for AES1750-D1 and not for TA1910 or AES1910
AES1750-09 D2 Geology for Engineers, Practical 1

x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Course Language Dutch
Summary Orientation of geological lines and surfaces, the construction of geological profiles, the effects of folds and faults in rock, some
aspects of oil and gas reservoirs and backtracking geological history from maps and profiles.
The class runs parallel with TA 1911, a class given in the Earth Sciences Bachelor program.
Course Contents The focus of this practical is on:
- The orientation of geological lines and surfaces, how to determine and interpret them;
- The interpretation of outcrop patterns, resulting from the surfacing of rock layers;
- Structure lines of geological surfaces, and their importance for the interpretation of geological maps ;
- The construction of geological sections;
- The effects of faults and folds in rock;
- Some aspects of oil and gas reservoirs;
- Backtracking the geological history from maps and profiles.
Study Goals This course is designed to acquire knowledge and skill in:
- Gaining 3 dimensional insight from a 2 dimensional medium;
- The interpretation of geological maps;
- The construction of geological maps and profiles;
- The geological problems with the interpretation of faults and folds;
- The introduction of the 4th dimension in the interpretation of geological maps.
Education Method self study and practical. The class runs parallel with TA1911, a BSC class given in Dutch. English powerpoints and assignments
will be made available for self study.
The assignments can also be made during the TA1911 practical, where assistance in English will e available.
Books A book on the subject, as well as several assignments, will available in PDF format through the blackboard. Powerpoints in
English explaining the subject are also available on the blackboard, though they will not be presented.
Assessment written exam, given together with TA1911
Remarks For students who do not speak the Dutch language provisions will be made.
Page 151 of 238

AES1750-09 D3 Geology for Engineers, Excursion 1
Contact Hours / Week
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Expected prior knowledge basic geologic knowledge
Course Contents A three day excursion to the Ardennes in Belgium to study the local geology
Study Goals A first confrontation with geology in the field. To be able between different sedimentary rock types, to be able to distinguish the
difference between bedding, foliation joints and cleavage in outcrop and to understand the combination of stratigraphy,
sedimentology and structural geology in the formation in the 4D geologic evolution of a terrain.
Education Method Excursion
Books a guide book will be provided
Assessment written report
Contact j.c.blom@tudelft.nl
Page 152 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
- Influence lines
Materials
BlackBoard)
9789072830951, Bouwen met Staal, 2016
lecturer

Tests
Materials
BlackBoard)
9789072830951, Bouwen met Staal, 2016
lecturer

Exam
Collegerama No
Page 153 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Lectures 28 hours
Exercise 20 hours
Self-study 45 hours
Exam 3 hours
Page 154 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. R.J. Labeur
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Expected prior knowledge
Course Contents all info: see CTB3350
Study Goals
Education Method
Course Relations
Materials
Assessment
Tests
Judgement

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
OSIRIS!
See CTB3390
Academic Skills
See CTB3390
Literature & Study
Judgement
See CTB3390
Exam See CTB3390
Collegerama Yes
Page 155 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Summary The course should enable students to produce a conceptual design of the common hydraulic engineering structures, taking
construction / the construction stage into due consideration, and based on good quality sketches and hand calculations.
Course Contents Conceptual design of hydraulic structures, e.g.:
bridge piers, artificial islands, (caisson)breakwaters, retaining structures, quays & jetties, construction pits and docks, floating
docks, storm surge barriers, dams, locks/sluices, immersed and bored tunnels, etc.
Design aspects:
- "design for construction" is especially important for hydraulic structures
- functional and operational analysis
- safety of the structure considering loads and material strengths in the main Limit States
Construction aspects:
- construction in the dry or construction in the wet

- in-situ or prefab construction
- construction pits, braced/propped excavations, cofferdams; with or without dewatering.
Study Goals 1. produce a conceptual design of the common hydraulic engineering structures;
2. describe, in sufficient detail, a feasible construction method for the structure being designed;
3. prepare the necessary sketches or drawings, 2D or 3D, for a conceptual design;
4. do the required hand calculations for conceptual design and indicate for which items more sophisticated computational means
have to be used
During lectures, hydraulic structures and the construction methods available for these structures are described. A considerable
amount of time is spent on explaining and determining typical hydraulic and soil mechanic loads on structures, not neglecting
other loads. Example calculations for lock or caisson design (or other structures) are made as well.
(i)COZ exercise:
For the iCOZ computer test 40 questions have to be answered using the Manual. The 40 questions are split in 3 blocks, the first
block with 10, the 2nd and 3rd block with 15 questions.
Especially block one and two of the iCOZ exercise are intended to test whether or not the student has good command of the
required pre-knowledge in the field of structural/applied mechanics, soil and fluid mechanics, concrete and steel calculations.
The iCOZ questions can be downloaded from Blackboard. The schedule for finishing the blocks is as follows:
- 1st block:submit/finish at the beginning of the 2nd teaching week of Q3
- 2nd block:submit/finish at the beginning of the 3rd teaching week of Q3
- 3rd block:submit/finish at the beginning of the 4th teaching week of Q3
See Blackboard for the exact days/date & time to submit the answers. Every block will be closed after the submission date!
written exam.
For the Construction Methods Exercise about 40 to 50 construction activities have to be put in the right construction sequence,
depending on the type of structure and information on local conditions that will be provided.
Work on the Construction Methods Exercise has to start in the first week of the lecture period. The exercise has to be finished
and submitted in the beginning of the 2nd teaching week of Q3. Although not for a grade, the exercise will be checked. In case of
fundamental errors in the proposed construction method, some extra work needs to be done on the CME in the 2nd or 3rd
teaching week of Q3.
Work on the CME needs to be completed before being allowed to do the DEHS and the written exam.
The Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures (DEHS) includes preparation of sketches and/or drawings of typical cross sections of
a hydraulic structure, several hand calculations regarding key design issues (e.g. stability, strength and stiffness, type of
foundation) and a description of the construction method for the structure.
Work on the Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures has to start right at the beginning of the 4th teaching week of Q3. Progress
and results will be checked according the following schedule:
1st check progress & result:end of 4th week / beginning of the 5th teaching week of Q3
2nd check progress & result:end of 6th week / beginning of the 7th teaching week of Q3
3rd check progress:end of 7th week / beginning of the 8th teaching week of Q3
See Blackboard for the exact days/date & time for the progress checks and submitting results of the exercise.
The exercise will be checked for an exercise grade, that will be part of the final course grade.
Page 156 of 238

Written Exam:
The written exam is wrapping up the theories delivered during lectures and the design activities trained in the iCOZ, CME and
DEHS. Exam questions could be considered to be of iCOZ plus or iCOZ applied level.
The grade of the written exam is part of the final course grade.
Assessment The 3 exercises, iCOZ, CME and DEHS are compulsory.
ICOZ
written exam.

It is highly recommended to finish the CME before doing the Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures.
The work on the CME needs to be completed before being allowed to do the DEHS and the written exam.

The Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures will be checked for an exercise grade that will be part (50%) of the final course grade.
Written Exam:
The grade of the written exam is part (50%) of the final course grade.
Expected prior Knowledge CTB2110 Vloeistofmechanica - Fluid Mechanics
CTB2210 Constructiemechanica - Structural Mechanics
CTB2220 Beton & Staalconstructies - Concrete&Steel Structures
CTB2310 Grondmechanica - Soil Mechanics
CTB2320 Ontwerpen van Constructies & Funderingen 2
Design of Structures & Foundations 2
CTB2410 Waterbouwkunde - Hydraulic Engineering
Academic Skills Would Plato, Archimedes, Huygens, Newton, Bernoulli, Laplace, Poisson, or any other classic scientists have felt the same need
to advertise academic skills?
Literature & Study The following lecture notes are obligatory and available through 'electronic' ordering service (Microeduweb) as a hardcopy:
Materials Hydraulic Structures - General
Hydraulic Structures - Manual
Hydraulic Structures - Locks
Hydraulic Structures - Caissons
Check Blackboard, Course Documents - students only, for Handouts of the lectures and other relevant background material.
Judgement (It is highly recommended to finish iCOZ before doing the Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures. Work on the CME needs to be
completed before being allowed to do the DEHS).
The iCOZ and the Construction Methods Exercise (CME) have to be completed before being allowed to do the written exam.
Final course grade = 0,5 * (grade for Design Exercise Hydraulic Structures) + 0,5 * (grade for the written exam)
Permitted Materials during During the written exam the only written information source that can be used is the Hydraulic Structures - Manual (besides
Exam pencil, paper, ruler, eraser etc.)
Collegerama No
Page 157 of 238

Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. H.E.J.G. Schlangen
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Expected prior knowledge BSc diploma in Engineering
Course Contents This course is intended for students that would like to 'Design a Research Project".
It is a perfect preparation for your final project in your MSc.
The topics that will be presented in this course are:

- Defining research objectives
- Setting up a research framework
- Formulating research questions
- Different research concepts and strategies
- Various research material
- Planning your research
- Analysing your research results
- Reporting and presenting your research
The course will be given with Online-lectures.

The assessment of the course will be done via two assignments.
Study Goals To be able to clearly describe a research goal.
To be able to design a scientific research.
To be able to analyse the results of a scientific research.
To be able to formulate the structure of a scientific report
Education Method Introduction lecture
Online lectures
Assignments
Feedback/questions
Computer Use an introduction will be given into SPSS, a package for data analysis.
Course Relations Basic statistics
Literature and Study 1) Course Book:
by
ISBN: 978-90-5931-572-3
Online Lectures.
Prerequisites Basic statistics
Assessment Assessment is done via two assignment-reports.
Exam Hours no written or oral exam.
Only two assignment-reports.
Tests
Enrolment / Application Enrollment through Blackboard is required.
The assignments and submission of reports also goes through Blackboard.
Remarks The course is planned in Q4 with strict deadlines for handing in the assignment-reports.
However, since it is an online course, it can also be followed in other quarters and a different schedule for handing in the reports
can be negotiated with the course coordinator.
Contact prof.dr.ir. Erik Schlangen
erik.schlangen@tudelft.nl
room 6.21, CiTG-building
015-2786535
Expected prior Knowledge BSc in Engineering
Academic Skills BSc in Engineering
Literature & Study 1) Course Book:
by
ISBN: 978-90-5931-572-3
Online Lectures.
Judgement Evaluation of assignment reports
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 158 of 238

Responsible Instructor Ir. R. Abspoel
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Course Contents Introduction, material properties, products fabrication, design and verification.
Analysis of cross sections
Strength of beams and frames
Stability of columns and frames
Lateral stability of beams
Stability of non prismatic members, build up members and elastically supported members
Welding, calculation of welds

Calculation of welds, bolts
Calculation of bolted connections
Design and analysis of connections
Connections in frames
Introduction, developments, properties and applications of hollow sections

Behaviour of hollow sections joints (general)
Circular hollow sections joints
Rectangular hollow sections joints
Joints between open sections and hollow sections
Study Goals Knowledge about behaviour of frames, connections, joints and tubular structures
Reader Tubular structures from Prof. dr. ir. J. Wardenier
Reader for other subjects is available
Compendium with examples will become available during the course for all topics.
Tests
Contact R. Abspoel PhD MSc BSc
Stevin 2 room 2.54
Email r.abspoel@tudelft.nl
Expected prior Knowledge BSc of CiTG or comparable
Academic Skills Analyses existing structures in steel
Design new structure in steel
Judgement The result for the exam is the final result.
Exam
Formula sheets are available for the exam
Page 159 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4




loads.
CT 4140.
Tests
formalism.
CT 4140.
Collegerama Yes
Page 160 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. K.N. van Dalen
Instructor Ir. J.W. Welleman
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Course Contents Modelling of civil engineering structures by means of lumped and continuous systems. Static and dynamic analysis. Introduction
to continuum elasticity and plasticity.
Theme A: Dynamics of Systems
Fundamental assumptions leading to lumped and continuous models, mathematical formulation of single- and multi-degree(s)-of
-freedom models and of continuous models.
Dynamics of lumped systems: One-degree-of freedom systems without damping, free vibrations and forced vibrations under a
harmonic load, forced vibrations under a pulse loading, one-degree-of freedom systems with viscous damping, transient
vibrations, steady-state vibrations, two-degrees of freedom systems without damping. Introduction to dynamics of structures,
analysis of the dynamics of systems in MAPLE.
Tensors: notation and transformations, strain tensor, stress tensor, stress-strain relation for linear elastic homogeneous materials,
Mohrs circle.
Failure models: limit state, von Mises and Tresca, visualisations in different stress states.

Study Goals The course provides students with the required background for the mechanics courses of the MSc Programme for Structural
Engineering. After completing the course students should be able to:
1. Apply modelling techniques with appropriate sign conventions
2. Analyse static and dynamic problems of structural mechanics
3. Analyse stress and strain states and the limit state
This course is for students with a relevant foreign BSc-degree.

Education Method Lectures, discussion, exercise, computer supported studying
Available at the Blackboard website.

Available at the Blackboard website
Assessment Oral exam, depending on the number of participants the exam will be organised like a seminar or an interview
Remarks This course is one of the first courses for students with a relevant foreign BSc-degree who are entering the MSc Programme and
is of MSc level. Lectures and course material are in English.
The course is composed of lectures and computer-aided assignments. The lecture material is condensed relative to corresponding
BSc courses. Consequently, the course attendants are expected to spend considerable effort to complete assignments. The final
assignments are part of the exam.
Expected prior Knowledge B.Sc. diplom in engineering/mathematics/physics/...
Academic Skills N.A.
Literature & Study Syllabus:
Judgement Based on performance during oral exam and contribution to the written report.
Permitted Materials during All course materials
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 161 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
indeterminate;
Other material:
Tests
Page 162 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
and construction.
governing details.
and workmanship.
Case study:

Materials
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 163 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. M.A.N. Hendriks
Instructor Dr.ir. P.C.J. Hoogenboom
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Course Contents Plates loaded in plane:
The three systems of basic equations (kinematic, constitutive, equilibrium); rigid body displacements and deformations; several
analytic solutions for rectangular plates; application of plane stress/strain to engineering structures; introduction to the finite
element method; formulation of plane stress/strain elements; numerical integration schemes.
Plates loaded out of plane (slabs):
The three systems of basic equations for plate bending including shear deformation; simplification to the pure bending equation;
formulation of special boundary conditions; several analytical solutions and various load and boundary conditions; finite element
formulation of slab element; computational issues.
Study Goals The goal of the course is to get familiar with the fundamental theory of plates and slabs. For practical applications, the Finite
Element Method is introduced and utilized extensively for the solution of realistic plate and slab study cases.
Education Method Lectures, practical exercises
Literature and Study Plate analysis, theory and application, Volume 1, Theory
Assessment Written exam; Assignments
Remarks Assignments: Application of the finite element method to two plate theory related problems. No retakes possible. Results are
valid only for in combination with the written exams of the same academic year.
Expected prior Knowledge Bachelor courses in calculus, statics and engineering mechanics.
Academic Skills The assignments are planned during the second half of the course. The use of a finite element program is required. During the
first half of the course students are encouraged to become familiar with a finite element program (self-study). Information will be
given during the first (introductory) lecture.
Literature & Study Plate analysis, theory and application, Volume 1, Theory
Judgement The final grade is based on the written exam (70%) and the assignments (30%).
Permitted Materials during You are allowed to bring a calculator and a one page formula sheet (can be two sided) which is in your handwriting (and does
Exam not need a magnifying glass to read).
Collegerama No
Page 164 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. A. Simone
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Parts Part 1 - Basic differential equations of the theory of structures
Elementary loading cases and continuously distributed elastic reaction forces for:
- Axial deformation of bars
- Shear beams and frames
- Euler-Bernoulli bending beam and static Timoshenko shear beams
- Cables
- Curved beams
Part 2 - The mechanical behavior of combined systems
- Introduction to parallel and series systems

- The suspension bridge as a beam-cable structure
- Shear wall-frame structures
- Other typical combined systems (taut cable with flexural rigidity, slender beam under tension, off-shore riser, parabolic roof
structures)
Part 3 - Fundamentals of matrix structural analysis
The matrix displacement method:

- Truss element, Euler-Bernoulli and Timoshenko beam elements
- Equivalent nodal forces
- Constraint equations
- Rotation of element arrays
- Solution procedure
Course Contents This course serves as an introduction to the static analysis of characteristic civil engineering slender structures and to matrix
structural analysis. Typical slender structures such as tall buildings and suspension bridges will be reduced to an equivalent one
dimensional mechanical system. A systematic approach is used to express the mechanical behavior of these systems into
mathematical terms.
Study Goals After the successful completion of the course, the students are able to:
- express in mathematical terms the mechanical behaviour of characteristic civil engineering slender structures;
- formulate the underlying mathematics of the matrix displacement method;
- describe a typical solution procedure (analytical or numerical);
- list a series of "tricks of the trade" and common pitfalls;
- recognise and explain characteristic phenomena;
- describe the solution procedure in relation to a simple slender structure;
- apply the appropriate procedure for solving a simple slender structure;
- contrast solutions obtained by solving the governing equation against those obtained by using the matrix displacement method;
- formulate a solution procedure, analytical or numerical, for a generic slender structure;
- assess the quality of the solution (analytical or numerical).
Education Method Flipped classroom method.
Reader "An Introduction to the Analysis of Slender Structures" by A. Simone (available at the Blackboard website).
Assessment Written exam.
Expected prior Knowledge Solution of ordinary differential equations, matrix algebra, basics of engineering mechanics.
Academic Skills Knowledge, comprehension, application, analysis, synthesis, evaluation.
Literature & Study Reader and material provided on the Blackboard pages.
Materials
Judgement The final grade is determined on the basis of the written exam.
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 165 of 238

Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. S.G.J. Aarninkhof
Instructor Dr.ing. M.J.F. Stive
Instructor Dr.ir. J.S.M. van Thiel de Vries
Instructor B. Zanuttigh
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period none
Summary The course is designed for students in the Hydraulic Engineering and Water Management masters tracks as well as international
students from the Masters in Coastal Modelling and Management. Students from other masters programmes who have design
knowledge applicable in the coastal or riverine environments are also eligible ( e.g. Systems Engineering, Policy Analysis and
Managment, or Engineering and Policy Analysis).
Course Contents The course comprises the following topics:
The Building with Nature philosophy, and design process, Ecological processes and aquatic ecosystems, Ecosystem services,
Multi-actor systems,and Value-sensitive design. The theory underpinning these topics is explained in knowledge clips and
concurrently applied in a number of design assignments related to a project case running in parallel. The initial design for the
project case (assignment 1) will progressively be improved throughout the course, culminating in the final fully fledged Building
with Nature design (assignment 5).
Guest lectures by experts from practice form an integral part of the course.
Study Goals Building the theoretical and practical design competence of students so that they can:
(i) Understand relevant aspects of systems ecology theory and apply ecosystem-based principles in their design practice
(ii) Incorporate analytic elements from social-ecological systems theory and multi-actor policy implementation into their design
practice
(iii) Apply a structured approach to integrate the diverse requirements within their design practice.
Education Method Knowledge clips, Guest lectures, quizzes and design assignments
Computer Use Standard TUDelft (CiTG & TPM) software
Literature and Study Knowledge clips, reader material, and recommended papers from literature.
Assessment Students will complete a series of 5 assignments, each of which they must pass to pass the course. Their grade will be the

Exam Hours Not applicable
Enrolment / Application Enrolment is limited to 50 Hydraulic Engineering students and 10 TPM students in the academic year 2015/2016.
Remarks This course can be taken as an elective
Elective Yes
Tags Challenging
Design
Intensive
Modelling
Policy Analysis
Projects
Sustainability
Water Engineering
Contact j.h.slinger@tudelft.nl
Expected prior Knowledge Bachelor degree in Civil Engineering. Required courses CT3310-09 Open Channel Flow, CT3330 Hydraulic Structures 1.
The following masters courses are recommended: CIE4130 Probabilistic Design and Risk Management, CIE4305 Coastal
Dynamics 1, CIE4310 Introduction to Bed, Bank and Shore Protection.
OR, Bachelor degree in Technische Bestuurskunde, and current participation in the MSc programmes of Systems Engineering,
Policy analysis and Management or Engineering and Policy Analysis.
Academic Skills Students possess basic design skills when they enter the course. They learn integrated design in the field of ecosystem-friendly
hydraulic engineering and practice this in a number of design cycles.
Literature & Study Knowledge clips, reader material, and recommended papers from literature.
Judgement Students will complete a series of 5 assignments, each of which they must pass to pass the course. Their grade will be the

Permitted Materials during Not applicable
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 166 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. B.C. van Prooijen
Co-responsible for Dr. C. Chassagne
assignments
Co-responsible for Dr. D.S. van Maren
assignments
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
Course Contents 1. Introduction and classification of sediment (6 hrs)
(re-)introduce concepts of wash load, bed material load, etc.
sediment properties (grain size, mineralogy, organics),
flocculation, (hindered) settling velocity (distribution), settling flux,
onset of cohesive behaviour of the bed,
sediment mixtures, sediment triangle, sediment phase diagram,
relation with water quality (contaminants) and ecology - effects on turbidity (light extinction),
2. Vertical processes in the water column (4 hrs)

skin friction and form drag
currents alone the Rouse profile
current-wave interaction
horizontal and vertical sorting of sediment
sediment-fluid interaction: damping of turbulence and reduction in drag
hindered settling, lutocline and fluid mud formation and consolidation
3. Processes in and on the bed (4 hrs)

brief recap of sandy processes
effect of currents and waves
classical erosion of mud
erosion of mud-sand mixtures
erosion of sand-mud mixtures
bed formation and consolidation (very limited)
liquefaction and fluid mud formation
some fluid mud properties (rheology, mobile/stationary)
4. Net sediment transports in estuaries and coastal basins (6 hrs)

estuarine circulation and internal tidal asymmetry
tidal asymmetry in peak velocities (brief refer to CD1)
scour lag and settling lag
horizontal circulations, water depth,
estuarine turbidity maximum (two types)
set-up a sediment balance
5. Siltation in harbours and fairways (2 hrs)

harbour siltation processes (filling, eddy, density currents)
channel siltation (transport gradients, density currents, flow attraction)
means to reduce siltation
fluid mud and navigability
6. Fine sediments and water quality (2 hrs; guest lecture)

turbidity and light climate/penetration
primary production
sorption of contaminants
impact of dredging overflow, plumes
7. Fine sediment and biology (2 hrs; guest lecture)

bioturbation
bio-stabilization and destabilization
pelletization
8. Best modeling practice (4 hrs)

what are models, and what can you do with models (and what not)
interpret the clients question: problem formulation and analysis
setting up a conceptual model
setting up a numerical model
data requirements
calibration and validation
sensitivity analyses
9. Case studies (introduction - 2 hrs; team work 20 hrs)

in small groups, the students are asked to prepare a working plan for one of the case studies to be defined (estuary, tidal basin,
lake, ). In the first 2 hours, cases are presented, and students get opportunity to start working on their preparation; in the second 2
hours, the student groups present their results plenary will be discussed plenary as well.
Study Goals The study objectives and basic knowledge from RE and CD1 than defines the detailed educational goals of the course on
Sediment Dynamics, with focus on coastal areas (e.g. coasts, estuaries and tidal inlets):
1.The student learns that most tidal inlets and estuary, and many coasts as well, contain a mixture of sediments, though
sometimes the sediments are purely cohesive. He also becomes aware that the behavior of these fine sediments are often
affected, or sometimes even dominated, by the effects of biology (flora and fauna).
2.The student learns to distinguish between cohesive and non-cohesive sediments on the basis of measured data, and to quantify
the behavior of these sediments and their mixtures.
3.The student becomes aware of the role of fine sediments with respect to water quality issues and the ecosystem at a qualitative
level in other words he learns about the societal relevance of knowledge on fine sediments.
4.The student learns to analyze and quantify the transport of fine sediments in coastal areas, where often the vertical structure of
the suspended sediment concentration over the water column is an important issue. Special attention is paid to siltation in harbor
basins and navigational channels.
Page 167 of 238

5.Through case studies, the student learns to analyze the impact of hydraulic engineering works on the ecosystem. Examples are
enhanced turbidities induced by large-scale dredging, ongoing deepening of fairways and eroding mangrove-mud coasts.
We will prepare basic lecture notes, and provide relevant literature as well.
Education Method Sediment Dynamics is a fifth-year course and will cover 3 ECs (84 hours), of which 32 hours are contact hours (oral presentation
by teacher) and 20 hours are dedicated to the elaboration of a case study that case study may be elaborated in small groups of
students (see below).
Focus of Sediment Dynamics is on fine sediments and their mixtures, the vertical structures of these fines sediments in the water
column, and their practical relevance. The student will
acquire in-depth knowledge on fine sediments,
get acquainted with the practical relevance of the discipline,
get some experience by working on a case study.
These educational goals are to be achieved by oral presentations of the teacher, elaboration of a case study, and self-study (home
work).
Assessment Examination will be oral. The students are asked to select a specific topic in adavance to start with.
Page 168 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
morphodynamics.
2. Collegerama

tel.: 015-2783348).

2. Collegerama

tel.: 015-2783348).

Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 169 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
breaking).
Materials exams.
Collegerama Yes
Page 170 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Container terminals
Port studies
Queueing theory
Queueing systems
Some applications
Navigation speed
Navigation
Natural waterways

quality of life
Page 171 of 238

Available at VSSD.
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 172 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
2
Start Education 1
Exam Period 2
3
recommended.

Materials

Tags Analysis
Calculus
Fluid Mechanics
Lineair Algebra
Mathematics
Matlab
Modelling
Numeric Methods
Software
Transport phenomena
Water Engineering
recommended.
Materials

Collegerama Yes
Page 173 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. R.B.J. Brinkgreve
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Required for MSc Geo-engineering
Expected prior knowledge BSc courses "Grondmechanica" (soil mechanics) and "Toegepaste mechanica" (Applied mechanics)
Course Contents The course deals with the mechanical behaviour (stress-strain response) of soils and rocks, as well as with constitutive models
describing the various features of soil and rock behaviour. In addition to the theoretical details of the models, attention is paid to
model parameter determination and the application of models via the finite element method.
The following topics are included:
1. Introduction to continuum mechanics, stress, strain;

2. Soil behaviour in compression and shear;
3. Undrained soil behaviour, undrained strength;
4. Normally-consolidated and over-consolidated soils;
5. Elasticity, Hooke's law;
6. Modelling pore pressures and undrained behaviour;
7. Simulation of standard lab tests;
8. Non-linear elasticity;
9. Failure criteria (Mohr-Coulomb, Tresca, Hoek-Brown, other);
10. Plasticity theory;
11. The linear-elastic perfectly plastic model;
12. Material hardening & softening;
13. Critical State soil mechanics, Cam-Clay theory;
14. Soft Soil model, Hardening Soil model;
15. Anisotropy, structure and de-structuration;
16. Small-strain stiffness, cyclic loading, liquefaction
17. Hypoplastic model;
18. Time-dependent behaviour, creep;
19. Rock behaviour;
20. Hoek-Brown model, Jointed Rock model;
21. Application of models;
22. Possibilities & limitations.
1. Identify various features of soil and rock behaviour;
2. Explain the possibilities and limitations of models;
3. Select appropriate models for practical applications;
4. Determine model parameters based on site investigation data or otherwise;
5. Explain the behaviour of the models under specific conditions.
Education Method Lectures, workshops, assignments, computer exercises, exam
Computer Use During some lectures the PLAXIS finite element program for geotechnical applications is used to simulate model tests and to
analyse practical applications.
Course Relations The CIE4361 course has links to other Geo-engineering courses:
1. CIE4380 Numerical modelling in geo-engineering;
2. CIE5320 Site characterization, testing and physical modelling;
3. CIE4353 Continuum mechanics
Literature and Study Recommended lectures notes / textbooks / backgrounds:
Materials 1. Sitters C.W.M. (1996) Material Models for Soil and Rock;
2. Sitters C.W.M. (1997) Continuum mechanics;
3. Molenkamp F. (2003) Continuum mechanics;
4. Brinkgreve R.B.J. (1994) Geomaterial Models and Numerical Analysis of Softening;
5. Brinkgreve R.B.J. et al. (2012) PLAXIS Finite Element Code for Soil and Rock Analysis.
(see links on Blackboard)

Books 1. Yamamuro J.A., Kaliakin V.N. (2005) Soil Constitutive Models: Evaluation, Selection and Calibration. ASCE Geotechnical
Special Publication No. 128.
Reader 1. Sitters C.W.M. (1996) Material Models for Soil and Rock
(although hardly used)
Assessment Four Assignments need to be completed before students can participate in the Exam. The Exam is a digital exam using Maple
TA on the exam server.
Permitted Materials during Writing equipment and (scientific) calculator
Tests
Enrolment / Application Via Blackboard
Contact Responsible for course:
Dr. Ronald B.J. Brinkgreve
Second lecturer:
Prof. Michael A. Hicks
Assistant:
Dr. Phil Vardon
(Geo-engineering section)
BSc courses "Grondmechanica" (soil mechanics) and "Toegepaste mechanica" (Applied mechanics)
Academic Skills Dealing with formulas; making calculations
Materials
Page 174 of 238

Judgement The final mark is based on the results of the Exam.
Permitted Materials during Standard scientific calculator
Exam
Collegerama Yes

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Expected prior knowledge CTB1410, CTB2320, CTB2310
Course Contents Main topics concern the interaction between the structure and the supporting foundation and or soil. Examples of typical items
are:
-The design of appropriate foundations regarding the characteristics (strength and stiffness) of soil and structure according to
Eurocode 7;
-The effects of interaction between soil and structure;
-The design of laterally loaded piles, due to soil deformations or external loads;
-The use of EEM to predict the behavior of pile groups
- The installation of piles
- The adaption of foundations
Study Goals To gain the knowledge and the proficiency to identify all relevant aspects concerning the design, behaviour and installation of
foundations.
Education Method Lectures and exercise
Literature and Study Lecture notes (under construction); will be put on black board
Materials
Assessment Defending a written report and answering questions concerning the interaction between structures and soil during a 30 minutes
oral exam between (in general) 2 students and instructors
Elective Yes
Expected prior Knowledge BSc-Civil engineering or equivalent, CTB1410, CTB2320
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 175 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Expected prior knowledge BSc- Civil engineering or equivalent, CTB1410, CTB2320, CTB2310
Course Contents Main topics concern the design of building pits and the prediction of the effects on the surrounding structures.
Main topics to be studied:
- the design of building pits and retaining structures;
- effects on surroundings
- the design of under water concrete floors, including anchorage;
- the design of tension piles
The main topics of designing retaining structures are:

- specification and interpretation of soil investigation;
- determination of design parameters (soil and structure);
- design models(spring models and finite element models);
- installation methods;
- effects of installation of sheetpiles on adjacent structures(settlements,vibrations, noise);
- costs.
Study Goals The course intends to get the knowledge and the proficiency to identify all relevant aspects concerning the design and realization
of building pits.
Education Method Lectures, instruction and exercise
Materials - CIE4363 "Foundation Engineering and Underground Construction;
- CUR166 Damwandconstructies, availability to be discussed with the lecturer;
- Lecture notes, available at blackboard
Assessment Defending a written report and answering questions concerning the design of building pits during a 30 minutes discussion
between 2 students and instructors.
Remarks The course can easilly be combined with CIE5305 (bored and immersed tunnels), but can also be followed seperately.
Elective Yes
prof. dr. K. Gavin;
Collegerama No
Page 176 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
Course Contents Many processes in the geo- and environmental engineering show a complex interaction with each other. This course focusses on
obtaining experience with modelling coupled processes for engineering applications in the sub-surface, during water treatment
and in the atmosphere.
An example related to the subsurface is consolidation during loading of saturated and unsaturated deformable porous media, like
soils. Deformations in such media lead to changes in the pore volume and corresponding changes in pore fluid pressures which
initiate seepage and affect the general behaviour. Understanding such coupled processes is of great importance to settlements and
stability, in particular when permeability is small, compressibility is large and strength is limited. Other examples of coupled
processes are the thermo-chemo-hydro-mechanical coupled processes found in situations where flow of water, heat and solutes
play an important role such as waste management (in landfills, in underground nuclear repositories and in engineered systems).
A very recent field where coupled processes play a significant role is biology as a driving force for the dynamics in temperature,
chemistry, hydrology and mechanics in the so-called Biological Geo and Civil Engineering.
For water treatment we can think of, flow of water through a sand filter with simultaneous oxidation of reduced iron and
filtration of the formed iron flocs resulting in clogging of the filter combined with the growth of biomass and decomposition of
waste water. Modelling of coupled processes plays an important role in nearly all fields of geo- and environmental
engineering.In this course the students develop skills for analyzing and modelling coupled processes. They can derive the
controlling partial differential equations and implement these equations in Matlab or Python to solve realistic problems. The
processes discussed during the course should be familiar as they have already been addressed in different courses before. In this
course the students are expected to solve realistic problems where these processes are coupled to each other.
Study Goals The student can recognize the occurrence of coupled processes in the environment, develop and implement mechanistic
conceptual models how the processes interact. The students can define relevant initial and boundary conditions and implement
realistic complex problems in modern simulation and engineering tools like Matlab or Python. The students can debug the code
and generate useful output required for analyzing coupled processes. The students can report their findings in a concise report.
Education Method During the course period, the students are supposed to follow six (short) lectures in which different approaches to coupled
processes are introduced. During these six lectures a series of assignments will be introduced. The students are expected to carry
out the assignments in which coupled problems of increasing complexity will need to be analysed and implemented. During the
lecture hours, teachers and teachning assistents are available for support. The assignments will be tailored to the MSc track the
students are following: Geo-Engineering or Environmental Engineering.
The students are expected to read background material in the form of research articles from the literature and chapters from
several hand books available in digital form in the TU Delft library.
The assignments need to be carried out during the lecture period. Assignments needed to submitted individually, however
students are encouraged to work in groups of four.
Computer Use Tutorial lectures will be held in the computer room. All assignments are computer based and require programming in Matlab or
Python. Tutorials will be provided and students are expected to be able to work with these tools. Students are expected to
download the latest versions of Matlab and Python on their laptop for this course.
Assessment The achieved level of knowledge, understanding and problem solving skills of the impact of coupled processes in the sub-surface
for engineering will be assessed with the assignments and during the final individual exam. The exam consists of a series of
questions which are related to the assignments carried out earlier by the students.
The final grade for CIE4365 is based upon the result of the exam and the assignments, 50%/50%.
Expected prior Knowledge BSc Civil Engineering or Applied Science (or equivalent). Core program of either the Geo-Engineering track or Environmental
Engineering track.
Academic Skills Critical thinking, analytical thinking and problem solving are the main academic skills which will be trained. In addition,
students will need to collaborate intensively with their colleagues so organizational and interpersonal skills will be developed as
well.
Literature & Study Background material, papers and chapters from relevant literature will be provided via Blackboard. All slides etc are also
Materials available.
Judgement All assignments will be graded and averaged in a single grade. The students take an individual exam. The average grade of the
assignments and the exam is the final grade.
Permitted Materials during Anything except a computer. However, exam might be on a computer depending on how far we are able to develop this exam.
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 177 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. P.J. Vardon
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Course Contents Introduction to finite element analysis: basic formulation and example applications.
Theoretical aspects: basic principles; 1D finite elements, including application to beam bending theory and beams on an elastic
foundation; 2D finite elements; derivation of finite element equations for linear elasticity; material non-linearity; derivation of
finite element equations for steady state seepage; transient, coupled and dynamic systems; 3D finite elements, including
comparison between 2D and 3D analysis; finite element mesh numbering; storage schemes; equation solvers; local coordinate
systems; programming the finite element method; structure charts.
Related topics: mesh generation; adaptive mesh refinement; stochastic analysis; finite differences; inverse analysis; computer
programming.
Applications: case histories; coursework examples, including the use of existing finite element codes for applications in
geotechnical and geo-environmental engineering.
Study Goals After the course the student will be familiar with the basic principles of modelling in Geo-Engineering. In particular the course
aims to enable students to:
Formulate the basic equations of the finite element method

Explain how finite element programs work
Design, perform and evaluate an appropriate finite element investigation with sometimes vague requirements.
Use basic scientific programming techniques, including limited modification of finite element programs
Describe non-standard finite element techniques unavailable in commercial codes
Judge modelling results critically.
Education Method Lectures, computer laboratory tutorials and assignments
Literature and Study Course book: Programming the finite element method, 4th edition, I.M. Smith and D.V. Griffiths, John Wiley & Sons Limited,
Materials 2004.
Accompanying notes.
Assessment Coursework and written exam.
Tags Algoritmics
Analysis
Calculus
Geo Engineering
Mathematics
Modelling
Numeric Methods
Expected prior Knowledge Basic geo-engineering problems (e.g. CTB2310 Soil Mechanics).
Basic calculus (e.g. CTB1001 Analyse).
Academic Skills Report writing.
Engineering investigation.
Literature & Study Programming the finite element method, 4th Edition, I.M. Smith and
Materials D.V. Griffiths, John Wiley & Sons Limited, 2004
Judgement One mark, based on 3 coursework assignments (60%) and written exam (40%).
One additional coursework will be formative only, where the student will only pass or fail.
Permitted Materials during Standard calculator.
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 178 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4

Permeability
Durability
- design rules
Page 179 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Ground-related risk and the construction industry, challenges and opportunities, construction projects, processes and contracts.
Geo-bloopers, state-of-the-art construction and a vision towards the future.
From uncertainty via risk to geo risk management: The concepts of uncertainty, risk, and ground conditions, introduction of the
GeoQ concept with 6 steps and 6 project phases, the link with the RISMAN approach, the position of GeoQ towards soil
mechanics, geotechnical engineering, quality management, hazard management and knowledge management.
The human factor in ground risk management: Individuals and risk - the concepts of individuals, risk perceptions and how
individuals contribute to geo risk management. Teams and risk - the concept of the team, teams and risk communication and how
teams contribute to geo risk management. Clients, society and ground-related risk.
The GeoQ ground risk management process: The 6 steps of the GeoQ process gathering information, identifying risk,
classifying risk, remediating risk, evaluating risk, mobilising risk. The 6 project phases of the GeoQ process feasibility, pre-
design, design, contracting, construction and maintenance.
Ground risk management tools in 6 project phases: Site classification, scenario analysis, team-based risk indentification and
classification, risk-driven ground investigations, risk allocation and dealing with differing site conditions, the approach of the
Geotechnical Baseline Report, Dispute Review Boards, conventional and innovative contracts, the observational method, the life
cycle approach for cost-effective maintenance, an ICT-supported and risk-driven approach for dike safety assessment.
Ground risk management and ground properties: Ground layering and properties, geostatistics, dealing with differtent types of
uncertainties and combining different types of information, sampling theories, groundwater related problems.
Ground risk management and underground construction: Tunneling techniques, ground conditions and risk profiles, specialist
foundation techniques, interaction with existing structures.
Ground risk management and building projects: Projects and construction methods with various risk profiles, parking garages,
construction pits, interaction with existing structures, external risks e.g. vibration and noise, use of experience data and
GeoBrain.
Ground risk management and dikes: Mechanics of ground, stability and risk, dealing with proven strength, advisors-factor
(Bergambacht), relations with failure probability, (un)identified anomalies.
Ground risk management and infrastructure projects: Mechanics of ground, settlements and risk, observational method, risks
related to vacuumconsolidation and other ground improvement techniques, case Betuwe Route Waardse Alliance.
Geoenvironmental ground risk management: Impact on building and infrastructure projects during 6 main project phases,
processes of (polluted) groundwater flow, dissipation of contamination, geo-biological processes and technical solutions like
flexible emission control.
Ground risk management and some special issues: Apparent reliability of standards, decision problem offshore projects, sand
reclamation projects.
Study Goals After the course the student is aware of the inherent risk of ground within civil engineering and construction, including the
impact and difficulties of the human factor. Furthermore, the student is able to apply principles of ground-related risk
management during the entire process for a variety of civil engineering constructions.
Expected prior Knowledge BSc- Civil engineering or equivalent
Permitted Materials during free choice
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 180 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. S. Pande
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
Course Contents Water Quality Modeling (CT4400) deals with mathematical modeling of dissolved substances processes in surface waters:
rivers, lakes, and estuaries. The modeling of these processes relies heavily on physically-based hydrodynamic processes
(advection, dispersion, diffusion), therefore deterministic mathematical models are applied, with special attention to analytical
solutions. The course takes a macrosopic view of two-way feedbacks between environmental quality, sustainability and global
development. The course is composed of the following topics:
1. Processes: Advection, diffusion, dispersion and water quality; understanding of the principles. Lectures and self study.
2. Lakes and rivers: Understanding how to make a mass balance of dissolved substances in surface water bodies such as lakes
and rivers. Small exercises.
3. Coupled environmental quality and economic growth: Understanding, working with and building of macro-scale models (at
societal level) of two-way feedbacks between environmental quality, sustainability and global development Lectures, computer
exercises (Excel and Python or Matlab) and self study
4. Estuaries: Salinity intrusion modeling in estuaries, making use of analytical solutions that can be directly linked to ecological
relationships. Lectures, computer exercises and self study.
5. Assignments and group work

Study Goals 1. To be able to formulate the mass balance for a substance
2. To be able to apply a mass balance of dissolved substances in a river, lake, and estuary;
3. To be able to discuss the influence of dispersion on the transport of substances;
4. To be able to discuss the links between societal values (e.g. preference for environmental protection), economic growth and
sustainability in diverse settings;
5. To be able to relate hydrodynamics and water quality, particularly in estuaries;
6. To be able to develop simple coupled models of humans and their environment for real-world case studies.
Education Method Lectures, problem oriented group work, and computer exercises
Literature and Study Lecture Notes Water Quality Modeling", available at the online shop.
Materials Chapter 4 and 5 of Salinity and Tides in Alluvial Estuaries" by H.H.G. Savenije , downloadable from www.salinityandtides.com
.
Assessment Group project work and written/oral exam
Expected prior Knowledge CT2011: Watermanagement, CT2310: Hydrology, WI2253CT: Differential equations, or equivalent courses
Academic Skills Hydrological modeling, solving differential equations, proficiency in MATLAB/PYTHON and EXCEL
Literature & Study Lecture Notes Water Quality Modeling", available online.
Materials Chapter 4 and 5 of Salinity and Tides in Alluvial Estuaries" by H.H.G. Savenije , original book available at
http:/salinityandtides.com.
Selected journal articles.
Judgement Group project work (30%) and written exam (70%).
Permitted Materials during Scientific calculator. Closed book written exam
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 181 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Course Contents The course will discuss the various ways that humans and human society have manipulated natural water systems to make them
fit several different objectives, as new functions for these water management systems were created.
Although the main examples will come from irrigation systems, the course will deal with many different types of water systems.
Analysing these systems will link requirements in terms of technical engineering constraints, management possibilities and water
users (wishes and options). This may include the design and operation of regulation structures, dams, reservoirs, weirs and
conveyance systems; balancing water supply and water requirements in time and space is a main focus of analysis too.
In addition, the way water systems connect individuals and social groups on short and long term will be studied. Daily actions of
individual users may hamper future cooperation and as such will influence societal development on the long term. However,
water systems typically require cooperation - sustained long use of water systems can only be understood when studying how
cooperation works.
How to model these interactions between water systems and people on different temporal and spatial scales will be a main
methodological issue.
Study Goals The course has two main goals:

1. Improving understanding of water systems as anthropogenic landscapes emerging from activities of individuals, households,
and small groups within a given material context.
2. Developing understanding of human agency linked to the water systems' hydraulic and hydrological properties, to
appropriately link material contexts and human actions.
Education Method Exercise, lectures
Course Relations CIE4410 uses CT3410.
In general, basic hydraulics and hydrology will be used.
Assessment Written exam (open questions) and paper on system analysis (handed in separately from exam)
Permitted Materials during For assignments calculator, drawing materials, study material; for written exam nothing.
Tests
Expected prior Knowledge Basic water systems knowledge
Academic Skills Writing a paper
Building a (model-based) analysis
Materials
Judgement Average of exam and paper marks is final mark
Permitted Materials during Study material
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 182 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Course Contents The course consists of seven topics: (1) Principles of groundwater flow, (2) Steady groundwater flow in one and two dimensions,
including flow to wells and the method of images, (3) Steady flow in semi-confined systems such as below polders and lakes,
(4) Transient groundwater flow including the effect of changes in surface water levels, transient wells, and pumping tests, (5)
Finite difference solutions of groundwater flow, (6) Seawater intrusion and variable density flow in coastal aquifers, and (7)
Time series analysis.
Study Goals Upon successful completion, students will be able to (1) identify the processes that play a major role in groundwater systems,
(2) conceptualize a groundwater system, (3) solve geohydrological problems, and (4) estimate the effect of interventions in the
groundwater system.
Education Method Lectures, in-class problem solving, homework problems, computer assignments.
Course Relations Geohydrology I is required for Geohydrology II.
Books Recommended textbook: C.R. Fitts. 2012. Groundwater Science. Second Edition. Academic Press.
Reader Course notes will be made available through Blackboard.
Assessment Written exam. Homework problems.
Tests
Expected prior Knowledge Hydrology I, Fluid Mechanics, Differential Equations, Computer Programming in Python
Academic Skills
Literature & Study
Materials
Judgement
Permitted Materials during Students may bring one sheet of A4 paper with handwritten formulas on both sides to the exam and a regular scientific
Exam calculator.
Collegerama No
Page 183 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. M. Hrachowitz
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Course Contents Modelling is an essential component of hydrological research. Philosophically speaking, the hydrological model is the
codification of our knowledge and understanding of the hydrological reality. The word model has a double meaning. It means
our perception of reality: the perceptual model; and it means the mathematical description of this perceptual model: the
mathematical model.
As engineers, we tend to think of a hydrological model as a piece of software, but it is essential to remain aware that a perceptual
model is always underlying the mathematical model and that this perceptual model is the most important. It is not the outside
appearance of a model that characterizes it; it is the internal structure, architecture and conceptualization. Just like a person's
soul, nature and character is more important than his or her appearance.
In this course we are mostly addressing the soul, nature and character of hydrological models and we shall distinguish different
model types, different model architectures (distributed, lumped), and different scales and processes (plot-scale to river basin
scale, groundwater, soil, river routing, etc.).
The course is partly theoretical and partly practical. In workshops students will receive hands-on training in the development and
use of different hydrological models. An important component of the course is the individual assignment that students have to
complete in one of the selected fields of modelling. The oral exam is largely based on the individual assignment but will also
examine the entire lecture material as described in this lecture note and the related reference material that is presented on
Blackboard.
The course consists of the following lectures, given on 7 days:
1. Introduction.
2. Conceptual modelling.
3. Distributed models.
4. Distributed moisture accounting
5. Landscape-based modelling
6. Calibration and uncertainty.
Study Goals The first objective is to introduce hydrological modelling. Topics discussed relate to the selected conceptual model, model
structure, mathematical description, model calibration and validation, boundary conditions, spatial and temporal discretisations,
model parameterisation, etc. The second objective is to present fundamental modelling issues that commonly relate to model
uncertainty and the fundamental relation between model complexity and model performance. The overall objective is to be able
to build computer models that are reliable and trustworthy, and to be able to critically evaluate and analyse model results.
Education Method Lectures, interlaced with computer exercises. After the course an individual assignment on one particular topic of the course has
to be made by two students together. In this assignment the students have to go into somewhat deeper detail than for the
exercises during the lectures.
Literature and Study There will be a syllabus available, Hydrological Modelling by H.H.G. Savenije, at the start of the course. Background material
Materials will be put on Blackboard.
Assessment Oral. Discussion of the individual assignment is an important part of the oral exam.
Remarks The exercises during the lecture days and the individual assignment have to be completed before the examination can take place.
Expected prior Knowledge Basic knowledge of fundamental hydrological processes. It is thus recommended that CIE5450 Hydrology of catchments, rivers
and deltas has been successfully completed prior to attending this course.
Academic Skills To be announced
Literature & Study Scientific articles
Materials
Judgement 100% oral exam
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 184 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. A.M.J. Coenders
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Relation of purpose of data to data requirements. Relation of data to costs.
Accuracy requirements of measurements and error propagation:

Related to a problem the required accuracy of measurements and the consequences for accuracy in the final result are discussed.
Different types of errors are handled. Propagation of errors; for dependent and independent measurements, from mathematical
relations and regression is demonstrated. Recapitulated is the theory of regression and correlation.
Interpretation of measurements, data completion:

By standard statistical methods screening of measured data is performed; double mass analysis, residual mass, simple rainfall-
runoff modelling. Detection of trends; split record tests, Spearman rank tests. Methods to fill data gaps and do filtering on data
series for noise reduction.
Hydrological processes:
The most important processes of the hydrological cycle are explained.
Methods of hydrological measurements and measuring equipment:

To determine quantitatively the most important elements in the hydrological cycle an overview is presented of most common
hydrological measurements, measuring equipment and indirect determination methods i.e. for precipitation, evaporation,
transpiration, river discharge and groundwater tables. Use, purpose and measurement techniques for tracers in hydrology is
discussed.
Advantages and disadvantages and specific condition/application of methods are discussed. Equipment is demonstrated and
discussed.
Areal distributed observation:

Areal interpolation techniques of point observations: inverse distance, Thiessen, contouring, Kriging. Comparison of
interpolation techniques and estimation of errors. Correlation analysis of areal distributed observation of rainfall.
Design of measuring networks:

Based on correlation characteristics from point measurements (e.g. rainfall stations) and accuracy requirements the design of a
network of stations is demonstrated.
Computer Exercise:
Theories on processing and screening of data are applied with data from actual river catchments. Exercises on stage-discharge
relations and discharge measurements, hydrograph seperation and age dating from tracer observations. Evaporation from energy
balance. Areal interpolation.
Study Goals 1.Understand the physics behind the main hydrological processes of the hydrological cycle: rainfall, evaporation, unsaturated
zone, and discharge (no ground water).
2.Being able to assess the necessity of measurements for planning, design, management and research.
3.Know relevant measuring techniques to quantitatively observe hydrological processes both in the field as in the laboratory.
And know the specific conditions and requirements of these techniques.
4.Being able to choose suitable observation methods by taking into account the underlying assumptions, shortcomings, and
application range of the specific method(s).
5.Know the nature of errors and how they can be estimated/quantified.
6.Being able to estimate the measuring error in the final result based on errors in the observed parameters (i.e., propagation of
errors).
7.Being able to apply the theory of data screening to identify trends and/or anomalies in observation time series.
8.Know relevant interpolation techniques (inverse distance, thiessen, Kriging) to spatially interpolate point observations,
understand the underlying theory and assumptions, and know the pro and cons of these methods.
9.Being able to apply several interpolation techniques to spatially interpolate point observations to the areal scale.
10.Being able to setup/design a measuring network by taking into account the spatial and temporal scale of the hydrological
processes.
11.Being able to assess the quality of a measuring network and optimize the network by reducing the uncertainty based on the
theory of geostatistics.
Education Method - 50% lectures, with invited speakers, and demonstrations
- 50% exercise
Course Relations CIE4440 uses CTB2420, CIE4440 is applied in CIE5471
Literature and Study Lecture notes "Hydrological processes and measurements" through Microweb, Lecture notes as pdf, Article bundle as pdf,
Materials lectures as ppt, and exercises on blackboard.

Permitted Materials during Formula paper (1 A4 handwritten)
Tests
Expected prior Knowledge CTB2420 (Hydrology)
Academic Skills Paper reading
Literature & Study - Lecture notes
Materials - Paper bundle
- Lecture presentations
Judgement written exam
Permitted Materials during Formula paper (1 A4 handwritten, double sided)
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 185 of 238

Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. N.C. van de Giesen
Instructor Dr. E. Mostert
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Course Contents The course Integrated Water Resources Management (IWRM) consists of the following elements:
1. A series of lectures;
2. Supervised computer lab exercises;
3. Unsupervised modeling exercise;
4. A role-play;
5. Group presentations.
The lectures introduce a number of topics that are important for IWRM and the modeling exercise. The lectures introduce water
management issues in the Netherlands, Rhine Basin, and Volta Basin. The role-play is meant to experience some of the social
processes that, together with technical knowledge, determine water management.
For the modeling exercise, the class will be divided in several groups of 5 to 6 persons. Each group will model a set of integrated
water resources management issues and simulate possible development scenario's. Two of the problem sets are:
1. Heating up of the Rhine due to climate change;
2. The effects of small reservoirs for irrigation in the Volta basin.
In addition, there is room for different cases, to be discussed during the first lecture.
The simulation exercise and the reporting should incorporate the concerns of the groups that are mostly affected by the issue and
the groups that can contribute most to its resolution. The report on the modeling exercise should contain concrete
recommendations.
Study Goals After following the course, the student should be able to:
1. Model a complex real-world problem

Use basic knowledge from relevant disciplines (e.g. hydrology)
Possess technical modeling skills
Do a simple stakeholder analysis and use the results in modeling the problem
Cope with practical limitations such as data availability
Reflect critically on the results
2. Propose effective solutions for this problem

Integrate creatively technical -constraints and possibilities and stakeholder considerations
Assess the solutions in terms of technical and political/ social feasibility, effectiveness and efficiency
Indicate essential uncertainties
3. Work in small interdisciplinary groups

Master general (online) cooperation skills (e.g. agree on common goals, distribute and coordinate tasks effectively, monitor
progress and adjust where necessary, organize effective (progress) meetings, show initiative, keep relations good)
Be open to, learn from and gain a basic understanding of other disciplines
Be aware of the possibilities as well as limitations of your own discipline and be able to communicate the results of your own
discipline in a way that is understandable for people form other disciplines and for lay persons
And especially for students coming from abroad:

4. Be familiar with Dutch-style education
Take initiative: make your own work plan instead of waiting for detailed instructions from the professor, ask the professor for
suggestions or feedback in case of problems,
Think independently: develop your own point of view concerning the study materials, give good arguments for this
Education Method Lectures, exercise, case study, computer lab
Course Relations CIE4450 uses CT3011, CIE4010, CIE4400, CIE4431, CT3410
Literature and Study Lecture notes, reader, WEAP Software
Assessment The final product will consist of a group presentation and a group report, which will be assessed by the teachers using a rubric
that will be put on Blackboard. Peer comments from within the groups will be used to adjust grades upwards or downwards for
individuals that contributed more or less than average.
Tags Broad
Group work
Integrated
Modelling
Project
Sustainability
Water Engineering
Water management
Expected prior Knowledge Completion of relevant Bachelor degree
Academic Skills Mentioned under "study objectives"
Literature & Study Lecture notes, reader, WEAP Software
Judgement See "assessment"
Permitted Materials during Not applicable (see "assessment")
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 186 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. O.A.C. Hoes
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
Course Contents The lecture 'Polders and Flood Control' covers the theory and the design practices of lowland development, land reclamation and
flood control, as applicable in deltaic areas like The Netherlands and elsewhere in the world.
The lecture focusses especially on project preparation, reclamation of tidal lowlands, impoldering of shallow seas and lakes,
creating The Netherlands, methods of flood control, design of flood and drainage channels, structures in drainage channels.
Study Goals After this course students should be able to:
- apply extreme value statistics on time series
- apply different drainage formulas
- explain the layout of peat and clay polders
- calculate and analyse the system and pump characteristics of pumping stations
- design small culverts, weirs and bridges
- make a 2D flood simulation of a polder
Education Method Lectures, assignments

Course Relations CIE4460 uses CT3011, CT3340, CIE4410, CT3410
Literature and Study Lecture notes + hand outs (provided during the course)
Materials
Assessment Written exam and assignments
Tests
Academic Skills
Literature & Study lecture notes
Materials
Judgement 1/3 assignments and 2/3 written exam
Permitted Materials during calculator
Exam
Collegerama No

Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. A.R.M. Wolfert
Instructor Dr.ir. G.A. van Nederveen
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
Required for Target audience: students who follow a MSc track in civil engineering and aim for an IDM annotation
Course Contents This course provides an introduction of systems analysis, design and development and its application in areas such as civil
infrastructure engineering, offshore engineering, hydraulic engineering and building engineering. Subjects are: basic concepts,
system analysis, system specification, system development, decision support systems, and verification and validation. For every
subject a theoretical introduction is combined with a discussion on application in engineering projects.
The lectures have a flip the classroom format: every week students are asked to read specific chapters, prepare a short
presentation and submit discussion questions. The lecturers give feedback, act as discussion moderator and give introductions to
new chapters.
Study Goals -Knowledge of system analysis, design and development concepts, principles and practices.
-Ability to apply these concepts, principles and practices within the technical domain of the chosen master track.
Education Method Lectures (2 hpw) and assistance meetings (2 hpw)
Assessment Written assigments and written exam
Expected prior Knowledge BSc civiele techniek, werktuigbouw, bouwkunde or equivalent
Academic Skills Systems thinking, reporting and presentation skills, collaboration skills
Literature & Study Charles Wasson, "System Analysis, Design, and Development: Concepts, Principles, and Practices"
Materials
Judgement Assignments 50 %, exam 50 %
Permitted Materials during Wasson, lecture slides
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 187 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. J.A.E. ten Veldhuis
Contact Hours / Week 8/0/0/0 practice/instruction
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Required for MSc profile Urban Water Management
MSc courses:
CIE5541 Urban Drainage Monitoring and Modelling
CIE5510 Water Management in Urban Areas
Course Contents 5 x 4 hours plenary morning lectures by various lecturers and scientists in the field of urban drainage and watermanagement.
Plus two full-day workshops on hydrodynamic sewer modelling.
The lectures will discuss characteristics of urban water flows, hydraulics, hydrology and how to apply knowledge of these
phenomena to the design and analysis of urban water systems. Integration of various scientific disciplines and technological and
practical approaches is a central theme in this course.
Approx 20-24 hours self study + preparation of final exam.
Approx 56 hours to work on individual assignment: students will design an urban drainage system for a real case in the
Netherlands, using rainfall statistics, hydrological parameters and hydraulic dimensioning.
Supervision and assistance for assignment work will be provided during 5x4 afternoons in the course period. Students will
prepare a written report of their data, design choices and results and present main results in a plenary session that concludes the
lecture series.
Study Goals After successful finishing of this course, the student should be able to design urban drainage systems for realistic, real-world
cases and to analyse performance of these systems under diverse hydrological conditions, using a hydrodynamic computer
model.
Education Method Plenary lectures, computer workshops and individual assignment work.
Assessment Exam + report of individual assignment + results of computer modelling workshops
Expected prior Knowledge Principles of hydraulics and hydrology as well as basic statistics
Academic Skills Analytical skills, computational skills, reporting and presenting
Literature & Study Lecture notes + background material provided through BB
Materials
Judgement Exam + assignment report
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 188 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. B.M. van Breukelen
Instructor Dr.ir. S.G.J. Heijman
Instructor Dr.ir. H.L.F.M. Spanjers
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Summary The course provides an overview of the most important fundamental processes that are applied in technologies for water
purification to upgrade water quality to specific levels. Physical, chemical, and microbiological processes are dealt with in
detail.
Course Contents The course provides an overview of the most important fundamental processes that are relevant under natural conditions and are
applied in technologies for water purification to upgrade water quality to specific levels. Physical, chemical, and biological
processes are dealt with in detail.
Lectures:
The course deals with the fundamental background of physical, physicochemical, and microbial processes occurring in the
(sub)surface environment and that are engineered in water purification and resource recovery technologies. The following
fundamental processes will be discussed: Mass transport, Gas transfer (stripping and aeration), Sedimentation, Filtration,
(equilibrium and kinetic) Adsorption of organics and trace metals, Ion exchange, Chemical reactions (coagulation, flocculation,
mineral solubility, redox reactions), and Biochemical reactions and their kinetics including microbial growth.
Further, to illustrate the above processes, a selection of treatment processes will be taught in more detail through practical
assignments. These include: Aeration/Gas stripping (lab), Filtration (on-line simulation), and Biochemical conversion and
microbial growth (computer).
Laboratory Practicals:
Various basic experiments will be carried out to become familiar with some fundamental processes for water treatment,
including: either CO2 stripping or aeration, and sand filtration. These experiments also serve as practical illustrations of the
theory taught during the lectures. Moreover, the most important measuring techniques will be taught, including dissolved
oxygen, chemical oxygen demand, nitrogen species, electrical conductivity, pH, alkalinity.
Computer practicals:
Two computer practicals will be performed to become familiar with computer models (Phreeqc and Biowin) simulating water
treatment processes and as tool to obtain further conceptual insight in fundamental processes.
Study Goals General learning goal:
Students will understand fundamental physical, chemical, and biological processes in the treatment of water, and their role in
water treatment processes both under natural conditions and as engineered in technologies. With this understanding students will
be able to make calculations, on the basis of these processes, for the purpose of basic design and research. After the practical
assignments students will have acquired basic lab and computer simulation skills, and will be able to link experimental
observations or computer simulation results with fundamental processes.
Learning goals:
At the end of this course, the students can: give examples of and describe various water treatment processes in natural and
engineered systems to treat and produce specific water types; describe and calculate various water quality indicators; understand
the mechanisms of and perform calculations on key aspects of various water treatment processes (mass transfer, gas transfer;
sedimentation, filtration; sorption of organics and trace metals, ion exchange; coagulation, flocculation, mineral precipitation;
microbial kinetics, biochemical conversion reactions, redox reactions, biomass growth and retention); understand the
mathematical derivation of reactor models and know which model to apply under which conditions; carry out lab and computer
simulation experiments following manuals; analyze laboratory experimental and model simulation results on the aforementioned
processes.
Education Method Interactive lectures with quiz questions, exercises in class and as homework, optional mapleTA multiple choice questions for self
-study. 3 laboratory and 2 computer practicals. Practicals are obligatory as well as handing in at least 5 out of 6 homework
assignments.
Course Relations This course is required for entrance to CIE4475 Drinking water treatment and CIE4485 Waste water treatment. CIE4495-13 uses
knowledge from BSc course CT3420.
Assessment Written exam (open questions, closed book) in week 10; intermediate assessments (5 lab/computer practicals in total) spread
through weeks 2-8.
Contact Boris van Breukelen
office 4.49
phone: 015-2785227
e-mail: b.m.vanBreukelen@tudelft.nl
Expected prior Knowledge Expected prior knowledge: completed BSc level basic chemistry course; BSc course CTB3365 Introduction to Water Treatment;
knowledge from BSc course CT3420 Civiele Gezondheidstechniek is used.
Academic Skills This course will contribute to the following academic skills: analytical thinking, interpretation, problem solving and cooperation.
Literature & Study Lecture slides; Course notes in progress distributed over blackboard.
Materials
Recommended background literature (not obligitory):
David W. Hendricks (2011) Fundamentals of Water Treatment Unit Processes: Physical, Chemical, and Biological. IWA
Publishing. ISBN-10: 1420061917, ISBN-13: 978-1420061918
James J. Morgan and Werner Stumm (1996) Aquatic Chemistry Chemical Equilibria And Rates In Natural Waters, 3rd Revised
edition. John Wiley and Sons Ltd, ISBN: 0471511854, 9780471511854
Judgement Written exam (open questions, closed book) counts for 70%. Practical assignments must be passed and count for 30% (total of 3
laboratory and 2 computer assignments). In case the final mark (100%) is lower than the written exam mark, the written exam
mark counts as final mark.
Permitted Materials during Calculator; Formula sheet distributed as part of exam
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 189 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. R. van Nes
Responsible Instructor Dr. D. Milakis
Instructor Dr.ir. A.J. van Binsbergen
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Course Contents oFinancial analysis: how do private sector investors analyse an investment, cash flows, time value of money, internal rate of
return, project risk assessment.
oCost benefit analysis: basic concepts and principles, monetisation of cost and benefits, social discount rate, net present value
estimation.
oMulticriteria analysis: basic concepts and principles, the role of criteria in decision-making, criteria weighting, sensitivity
analysis.
oTravel cost impacts assessment: concepts and quantification methods for travel time savings, vehicle costs.
oEnvironmental and ecological impacts assessment: concepts and quantification methods for noise, air quality, CO2, ecology.
oSafety impacts assessment: concepts and quantification methods for material and immaterial crash costs (e.g. material damage,
medical costs, production loss, human costs, settlement costs, traffic jam costs).
oLand use impacts assessment: concepts and quantification methods for direct and indirect land use impacts (e.g. accessibility,
land values, economic development, public service costs, livability, housing affordability, health).
oSocial impacts assessment: concepts and quantification methods for distribution and barrier impacts.
oCase studies: transport infrastructure (e.g. road infrastructures; new and/or renewal), transport systems (e.g. public transport
systems; intelligent transport systems; requiring investments yet no (substantial) traditional infrastructure).
oUsage of assessment results in planning process.
Study Goals oDescribe the key impacts included into economic assessment: both concepts and main methods for quantification.
oApply cost-benefit analysis in basic cases.
oAnalyse and evaluate cost-benefit analysis performed in practice.
oExplain and discuss the use of cost-benefit analysis in planning practice.
Education Method Lectures, exercises, group assignment
Assessment Written examination, assignment
Expected prior Knowledge Basic knowledge on micro-economics (preferred)
Academic Skills oCritical thinking, interpretation, writing reports
oJudgement skills, moral awareness/sensitivity
oReasoning, citizenship
Literature & Study Extracts from handbooks, articles, links will be provided on Blackboard
Materials
Judgement Written exam (75%), assignment (25%)
Permitted Materials during Calculator, closed book examination
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 190 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Expected prior knowledge Course CTB3385/CIE3300, Use of Underground Space
Summary The course is a follow up of the course CTB3385 Use of Underground Space. It deals in depth with a number of topics related to
the realisation and use of underground constructions. New developments in construction technologies, integral design of
underground solutions and operational safety will be addressed as well as a number of case studies.
Course Contents * Bored Tunnels: new developments
* Immersed tunnels: new developments
* Deep building pits
* Diaphragm walls
* Engineering aspects of bored tunnels: excavation and separation
* Integral design
* Operational Safety
* Tunnel safety for road tunnels
* Recent research in shield soil interaction
* Renovation of immersed tunnels
* Case studies of major tunnelling projects
* Visit major project related to subsurface construction
Study Goals Students obtain knowledge of the recent developments in the use of underground space and construction technology used for
subsurface construction. Based on this knowledge they are able to study and assess complex circumstances, resulting in rational
and integral solutions.
Study load:
Lectures 2 x 14 hours
Related to lectures 14 hours
Self study 36 hours
Writing a paper 24 hours
Exam preparation 8 hours
Oral exam 1 hour
Total 111 hours
Education Method Lectures, cases and writing a short paper.
Literature and Study Lecture notes, handouts, available at Blackboard.
Materials
Assessment The student will write a short paper (6-8 pages) on one of the topics addressed during the course or on a topic that is agreed
T: 85256
Expected prior Knowledge Course CTB3385/CIE3300, Use of Underground Space
Academic Skills
Literature & Study Lecture notes, handouts, available at Blackboard.
Materials
Judgement The student will write a short paper (6-8 pages) on one of the topics addressed during the course or on a topic that is agreed
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 191 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
projects:
* Excavating
* Pumping
recommended.
Syllabus:

Materials
Page 192 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Rhine ROFI.
regions and seas.
Materials
Materials
Judgement Exam
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 193 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents The course contents is and will be subjected to changes in the next years, following the retirement of Mr Hans van Duivendijk in
2009. An effort will be made to put the emphasis on more recent techniques and developments in the field of Water Power
Engineering. To stimulate the transfer of knowledge and the active use of the lectured theory, a design exercise has been
introduced.
Nonetheless, for the upcoming year the written material will remain more or less the same, see 'Literature and Study Materials'.
1. General introduction:
Energy sources; historical, present and future production and consumption.
Electricity generation and the contribution of hydro power engineering; the hydraulic engineering works required for energy
production and storage;
Economics of hydropower: principles, contribution by the civil engineer, parameters of interest;
Hydro power from rivers; Siting and type of structures required, some basic formulas and definitions;
Hydro power from the sea; energy generation by making use of tidal levels and streams, waves and osmosis;
2. Principles of water turbines: types, field of application, calculations;

Gates and valves in hydropower projects;
3. High head power plants;
4. Hydro power from reservoirs;

Multipurpose functions, which sometimes clash in the operational stage;
Multiple aspects of reservoirs: technical, economical, but social and environmental as well;
Hydrology and reservoir operation;
Spillways and outlet works in reservoirs;
Earth and rock fill dams (=embankment dams);
Concrete dams: gravity dams, arch dams and buttress dams;
Foundations of dams on rock;
5. Run-of-river plants and water conveyance structures;
6. Osmosis power plants;
7. Tidal power plants / tidal barrages e.g. La Rance and Brouwersdam;
8. Wave energy plants e.g. Pelamis near Portugal;
9. Pumped storage plants, potential use in the Netherlands and abroad;

Study Goals After the course the student is able to:
- oversee and understand the principles of hydro power based energy generation and storage;
- estimate the potential of methods proposed to generate hydro power;
- produce a conceptual design of a specific hydro power structure taking into account local and global environmental parameters;
- judge about the technical and economical feasibility of hydro power projects, especially the feasibility of recently completed
projects or developed proposals for new techniques.
Education Method Lectures and a design exercise.

Literature and Study Lecture notes 'Water Power Engineering, Principles and Charactaristics'. To be purchased at the VSSD-office.
Materials
1. The engineering of Large Dams, H.H. Thomas (2 volumes)
2. Low Head and High Head Power Plants, E. Mosony (3 volumes)
3. The analysis of tidal stream power, Jack Hardisty, ISBN
978-0-470-72451-4, 2009.
Handouts, e.g. ppt's and pdf's of lecture material or interesting background or specialist articles, will be put on Blackboard.
Assessment During the oral examination students have to defend the design they prepared in the exercise and answer more general questions
on the principles and characteristics of Water Power Engineering (theory from the lecture notes and handouts).
Remarks Keep an eye on Blackboard for the most recent Announcements and changes
Collegerama No
Page 194 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. K.J. Bakker
Instructor Ir. K.J. Reinders
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Expected prior knowledge Soil Mechanics 2 CIE 2310
Concrete Structures 2 CIE 3150
Hydraulic structures CIE3330
Summary Design and construction of tunnels for traffic. Functional requirements, determination of boundary conditions, spatial and
structional design and construction aspects of bored and immerse tunnel.
Course Contents The course is closely related to Foundations and construction, CIE4363;, lectures are given as combination lectures. There is a
combined exercise. On demand however, a separate exercise and exam for CIE5305 is possible.
The course extensively treats tunneling methods. A distinction is made between the New Austrian Tunnel Method (NATM),
bored tunnels and immersed tunnels.
General issues related to tunnel structures. Functional and operational requirements, the longitudinal profile, the cross section
and the starting/finishing shaft and/or access and exit road. NATM tunnels and the immersed tunnels.
Different types of bored tunnel construction; NATM-method, slurry shield and earth pressure balance shield. Stability during
construction; frontal support, settlements during construction. Loads on a tunnel and force distribution in the lining. Start and
reception shaft and construction procedures. Requirements concerning the longitudinal and transverse profiles. For immersed
tunnels, construction in the dock, transport and immersion. Stability during floating and after the tunnel has been sunk. Special
aspects such as ventilation, fire, permeability and explosions.
A case study on a tunnel project is done in a group of four students.
Study Goals After the course, the student will be able to:
1. Make a plan for a tunnel; choice of location and track;
2. Make a decision on the type of tunnel; bored or immersed;
3. Make a choice for the construction method and execution;
4. To determine the mechanical boundary conditions for structural design;
5. To evaluate structural forces both during construction and as well as for Service conditions;
6. To evaluate construction effects; settlements, stability and influences on other structures;
7. To design the excavations and related structures for start and reception shafts;
8. To evaluate the transport and placing of immersed tunnels;
9. To make a design for both constructions.
Education Method Lectures with illustrations (video, numerical examples). An excursion to tunnelling projects, exercise in groups of four students
to evaluate a tunnel project and in addition to that to make a design for a tunnel; location, track, construction and structural
design.
Literature and Study Lecture notes: "Bored and Immersed tunnels" and handouts.
1. To deliver a written report on the case study;
2. To attend the Tunnelling excursion.
Test type: design exercise and oral exam

Expected prior Knowledge Students are expected to have knowledge on Structural Engineering at the least on BSc level or equivalent
Academic Skills Structural, Hydraulic and geotecnical engineering. To combine knowledge of different engineering fields into the design of a
spcific Civil Structure; Analysis and Synthesis
Literature & Study Lecture notes: "Bored and Immersed tunnels" and handouts.
Judgement One mark, based on design exercise and oral exam
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 195 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
terminals
5. Fishery ports
management
6. Marinas

2. Open waterways
3. Closed waterways
5. Safety

navigation systems
simulation models
test.
Materials
Page 196 of 238

Exam
Collegerama No
Page 197 of 238

Responsible Instructor Ir. M.A. Burgmeijer
Contact Hours / Week n.a.
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents The course responds to a number of higher level goals beyond the course itself, but to which the course contributes. These are
associated with the introduction and implementation of ICZM and include, for example, the expressed need to examine key
issues of decision making on urban and recreational development in vulnerable coastal section and integration of sectoral
activities in coastal development. It also takes into account the policy objectives of sound Coastal Zone Policy, which emphasise
local participation in decision making.
In sum, the course is part of a learning process which, by means of a structured programme, undertakes the formation of trained
manpower capable of redressing identified problems and helping to build capable institutions, better able to manage and guide
the development of the coastal zone.
The course consists of lectures, demonstrations and workshops. The guiding line through the whole course is the idea that a
coastal zone should be regarded as an integrated system. This will be illustrated by using several case studies in several
countries. One of these cases (the fictive estuary of "Pesisir Tropicana") will be worked out in a workshop. In the case studies the
coastal zone is regarded as a coastal land/water body in the sense that there are demands for various products and services that
the Bay and its environs can supply -- that is, it is a multiple-use resource. The regional economy of the area used in the exercise
is similar to those in many coastal areas in the world, particularly in developing countries. There is a large urban complex, port
facilities and industrial base, with a well developed service sector. Fishing is carried out in the coastal waters. In the hinterland,
various types of primary production take place, including agriculture and mining. Wage levels, existing pollution control and
production technologies are typical of many developing countries. Special attention will be given to the Worldbank Guidelines
for CZM plans.
Attention is paid to various aspects relevant for the planning of the coastal zone: Natural system (biotic and abiotic); user
functions with socio-economic relations; System analysis and policy analysis.
Application in a practical setting (case study) with simulation game.
Study Goals The objectives of the course are to:
Develop an appreciation for and know-how of conceptualisation, policy design, methodology, tools and techniques for coastal
zone management
Gain an understanding and operational grasp of the interdependence of managerial functions related to the improvement of
coastal planning and management
Appreciate the need for integration of coastal zone development policies and their implementation
Become familiar with the multi-disciplinary aspects of the CZM-approach and acquire the capabilities for guiding and
supporting multi-disciplinary teams in complex situations
Education Method Lectures, presentation of case studies, computer exercises and simulation game. Because Integrated Coastal Zone Management is
mainly an attitude and less a skill, it has to be trained in a realistic setting. A fieldtrip to Zeeuws Vlaanderen and Belgium is part
of the course. Students from other Dutch universities are welcome, they are advised to consult the course description in
Blackboard for the admission procedure. This is a joint course, 50% of the participants is from Unesco-IHE or from an external
organization (in practice this will limit the number of places available for TU Delft students).
Note: the course is given as a block-course (two weeks full time) and will be given in the building of Unesco-IHE, Westvest 7,
Delft
Literature and Study A lecture note (reader) will be made available to the participants on the first day of the course (at IHE). This reader is not
Sufficient participation in the workshop
Test type
Oral evaluation in a small group after finalizing the course and workshop. Knowledge of the contents of the syllabus, results of
the Pesisir Tropicana Case Study and Simulation Game
Enrolment / Application Because the number of places in the course is limited, students are advised to enroll for this course already in block 3; acceptance
is based on sequence of enrollment
Tags Analysis
Broad
Diverse
Group Dynamics/Project Organisation
Group work
Information & Communication
Integrated
Personal
Practicals
Process
Project
Project planning / management
Projects
Specific
Sustainability
Water Engineering
Water management
Expected prior Knowledge BSc
Academic Skills knowledge, making a report, discuss, take part in a meeting, evaluation
Literature & Study A lecture note (reader) will be made available to the participants on the first day of the course (at IHE). This reader is not
Judgement Based on oral evaluation
Permitted Materials during As preparation for the exam the students are requested to put their major findings on one or two sheets of paper
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 198 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
and caissons.
Tests
waves).


Collegerama No
Page 199 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4

probabilities.
Materials
Matlab
Collegerama Yes
Page 200 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3


5. River bends
7. Numerical models
errors.
8 SOBEK exercise



12. Physical models


4229-8dda-9eefaf979443/ .
Page 201 of 238

Tags Analysis
Modelling
Water Engineering
4229-8dda-9eefaf979443/ .
Exam
Collegerama Yes

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Materials
Materials
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 202 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Specific subjects:
Materials
SBRCURnet.
Tests
Materials
(~25%).
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 203 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
failure modes)
Other topics:
Contact Contact:
Exam
Collegerama Yes
No
Page 204 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4


Materials

Tags Analysis
Fluid Mechanics
Mathematics
Matlab
Modelling
Numeric Methods
Software
Water Engineering
Materials

Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 205 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
scale variability.
Vorticity;
6. Tides;

Materials

Exam
Collegerama No
Page 206 of 238

Responsible Instructor Ing. M.Z. Voorendt
Instructor Dr.ir. S. de Vries
Instructor Ir. J.P. van den Bos
Contact Hours / Week Fieldwork
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period none
Expected prior knowledge CIE5318 uses CTB2410, CIE4305 and CIE4310
Course Contents For the fieldwork a number of options are possible, which may change on a yearly basis, depending on the availability of
appropriate locations for the fieldwork. There are two alternatives for the execution of the fieldwork, of which both can be
organized in a year (this will be announced on blackboard an in CE news).
Option 1:
The coastal structures oriented fieldwork is usually organized in Bulgaria. At the coast some profile measurements will be made,
sand samples will be taken and the instantaneous wave condition will be observed. At some rock structures pressure fluctuations
will be observed due to wave impact. A quarry will be visited where the students have to asses several parameters of rock, like
the Dn50, density, blockiness, etc. The Fieldwork in Bulgaria will be done together with Bulgarian students from the University
of Varna. A landscape-architectural component is part of the field work, including cooperation with architecture students, in
order to experience the benefits and challenges of working in an interdisciplinary team.
Option 2:
The morphologically oriented fieldwork will be done along the Dutch coast. Measurements will be done on the beach, like
profile measurements, sand sampling, sediment transport measurements, etc. The collected data will have to be checked to the
deep water boundary conditions (waves and currents) which are available via the routine measuring devices.
The course is given as a block course.

Study Goals After finalization of this fieldwork the student is able to plan and execute a measuring campaign needed to solve problems in the
field of hydraulic engineering. The student is able to collect the relevant types of data with a useful number of samples (as
regards sampling grid and frequency) and a sufficient degree of accuracy. He/she is able to process raw data and put them down
into a measurement record. The student is able to analyze these data and to draw conclusions that are relevant to solving
hydraulic engineering problems. Uncertainties like weather changes, unexpected circumstances, unknown environment and
lacking local background are dealt with. The student is able to organize and operate in a group performing a measurement
campaign.
Education Method Fieldwork - some preparation, followed by one week full-time fieldwork, after return drafting the final report. For the exact date
of the week is referred to Blackboard
Literature and Study Available at the Blackboard website.
Materials
lecture notes of CIE4305 and CIE4310, available at bookshop and VSSD (with discount for members).

Various handouts, downloadable from Blackboard.

Rock Manual 2007 (available as pdf)
Coastal Engineering Manual, downloadable from the website of the USArmy Corps of Engineers.
Software for processing gps and sounding data, downloadable from Blackboard; SwanOne and Cress
Assessment A mark is only given when the following elements are completed:
1. Final report including measurement description and data;
2. Participation in the fieldwork;
3. Individual evaluation of the fieldwork
The mark is based on all three elements
Enrolment / Application The fieldwork itself is a full time week (usually in the beginning of October). Because of booking of airline tickets for the
Bulgarian fieldwork, enrollment is compulsory in block 4 of the previous course year.
Special Information In principle the cost of travel and accommodation are on account of the student; however in practice these costs can largely be
covered from sponsorships.
Remarks Fieldwork on location in the Netherlands or abroad. Preparation (30 hours). Execution of measurements at a coast, a river or at a
coastal structure (one week). Elaboration of data in a report (50 hours). Option for a morphological or a coastal structures
oriented fieldwork.
Elective Yes
Expected prior Knowledge CIE5318 uses CTB2410, CIE4305 and CIE4310
Academic Skills Critical and analytical thinking is needed to determine what data are needed to solve specific engineering problems, and to
determine the required accuracy and amount of data (sample frequency and distance between measuring points). Raw data
should be processed and interpreted. Problems during measuring, processing and interpretation should be solved. The findings
have to be reported.
Literature & Study The usual HE lecture notes, information on blackboard (articles, assignments, old reports and old data files plus documentation)
Materials
Judgement The mark is based on the participation during the fieldwork, the quality of the final report and the quality of the personal
evaluation.
Permitted Materials during All available information and tools are allowed.
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 207 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. A. Askarinejad
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Course Contents This course deals with the set up and execution of site investigations for civil engineering projects, both onshore and offshore,
with an emphasis on geotechnical and geological factors that can be of influence on the realisation of the projects. Attention is
paid to standard and advanced techniques to collect geotechnical data (walk along survey, laboratory and in-situ testing,
monitoring data) and to the problems that some specific soil and rock types can impose. In the accompanying laboratory
practical, a number of important soil and rock tests are carried out. During field excursions, students are exposed to real ground
and site investigation.
The course further deals with physical modelling and experimental techniques in soil mechanics in general. It includes a short
introduction to measurement and control theory, the types of actuators and sensors commonly used and the scaling laws that
apply for full and reduced scale geotechnical modelling. Some of the physical model tests in use nowadays are highlighted with
examples.
A series of simulation exercises called 'Engineering geology games' are proposed to students, during which site investigations are
designed for a variety of construction projects and geological environments. During one of these games, the design and
excecution of a site investigation for a civil engineering project in the Netherlands is simulated. Data is provided, analysed and
used to produce a conceptual model of the ground, forecast ground properties relevant to the project and design additional site
investigation keeping in mind cost efficiency. The Engineering Geology games are preceeded by an introduction to general
geology and geological map reading.
Study Goals The goal of this course is to give an overview of the available laboratory tests and in-situ site investigation techniques, as well as
a basic understanding of measurement and control theory.
Students will be able to explain the fundamentals of physical modelling, and can derive the governing questions and scaling laws
required to interpret the results of a physical modelling.
Students will develop the ability to design a site investigation for different geological situations.
Students can explain why and how the standard and advanced geotechnical laboratory tests are conducted.
Students are able to write technical site investigation reports.
Education Method A combination of lectures, readings and practicals (field and lab work and simulation exercises) is proposed. A schedule
concerning subjects, dates, places and lecturers is handed out at the beginning of the course.
Literature and Study Texbooks:
Materials - Geotechnical engineering and soil testing, by Amir Wadi. Al-Khafaji, Orlando B. Andersland (available at TUD library as e-
book)
- Geotechnical engineering handbook, Braja M. Das, (available at TUD library as e-book)
- Site Investigation, by Clayton, CR, Matthews, MC, Simons, NE, Wiley-Blackwell, 1995
- Geotechnical Centrifuge Technology, by Taylor, RN
- Engineering Geology: principles and practice, by David Price, Springer, 2007
Recommended readings:
- Geotechnical Modelling, by David Muir Wood
Scientific papers which will be uploaded on the Blackboard.

Prerequisites Fundamental concepts of soil mechanics and standard geotechnical laboratory tests. Basic understanding of rock mechanics.
Assessment Assessment based on performance at laboratory work (30%), site investigation games (20%), physical modelling exercise (20%)
and oral exam (30%)
Page 208 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents Soil dynamics is an important discipline within the field of soil mechanics and foundation engineering. Especially in countries
with a higher risk of earthquakes, for example Japan and the United States of America, soil dynamics is a vital part of earthquake
engineering. Earthquake engineering is the science to design earthquake resistant buildings and infrastructure. In Delta countries
like the Netherlands there are not very strong earthquakes, but here soil dynamics is important for other reasons.
Because of the expanding cities and because of the growing number of traffic jams, more underground structures like bored
tunnels, underground railway stations and parking garages are build close to the foundations of already existing buildings.
Vibrations due to demolishing of old structures, installation of foundation piles and sheet piles, passing trains or other vibrating
sources may create structural damage or personal discomfort. Soil dynamical knowledge is needed to explain, predict and solve
these problems.
Study Goals The students are given the background knowledge both to formulate and solve practical problems occurring in soil dynamics and
to interpret the calculated results.
28 h lectures/contact hours
2 h practical exercise
10 h report on practical exercise
42 h self-study
7 h preparation exam
1 h oral exam
--------+
90 h (6 h * 30 h/ECTS)
Education Method Lessons + practical exercise
Literature and Study Syllabus: Soil dynamics in urban areas (at start available at blackboard)
Materials prints of sheets and notes
Assessment Assignments during the course.
Oral examination based on the lectures, lecture notes, the practical exercise and the accompanying report made by the student.
Enrolment / Application Please enroll by sending an e-mail to the teacher (p.holscher-3@tudelft.nl) with your name and student number before going to
the first lecture. In this way a free lecture note can be made in time for the student.
Remarks The practical experiment: one outside field measurements. Measuring wave speed from impulsive excitation, train vibrations in
the soil and in a simple structure.
The exercise is carried out as a group, but the report will be written as an individual. The report will be written partially before
the test and partially after the test.
Both the lecture notes and this report will be discussed during the oral examination.
Teachers
dr. ir. P. Hlscher e-mail Paul.Hoelscher-3@tudelft.nl
tel. 015-278 90 30 (Thursday/Friday) or
tel. 088-335 73 43 (Monday/Tuesday)
dr. ir. K. van Dalen e-mail K.N.vanDalen@tudelft.nl
Expected prior Knowledge B.Sc. courses CTB1210 (Dynamics and Modelling; required), CTB2300 (Dynamics of Systems; strongly advised) and
CTB2310/AESB2330 (Soil Mechanics, which contains the Theory of Elasticity; required). As an alternative for CTB2300 &
CTB1210, one can take the M.Sc. course CIE4145 (Dynamics and an Introduction into Continuum Mechanics), or courses
AESB1320 and AESB1420.
Academic Skills Analytics and structural mechanics.
Literature & Study Lecture notes and lecture slides.
Materials
Judgement The final grade will be based on the written assignments, report of the field test and an oral exam.
Permitted Materials during The written assignments and report of the field test.
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 209 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. S.C. Steele-Dunne
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Course Contents This course discusses Geographical Information Systems (GIS) and remote sensing in water resources. The course is designed to
allow students to gain hands-on experience by applying GIS (QGIS and GRASS) and remote sensing data for different
applications in water resources.
In addition to the common GIS tasks of visualizing and analyzing data, we will use GIS tools to delineate watersheds, and to
perform land classification and surface water identification and data analysis.
The remote sensing component is focused around measurements in the visible, thermal and microwave regions of the spectrum.
We will introduce the physics behind the measurements, and illustrate how observations in each region yield invaluable data for
water resources. Remote sensing data will be used to analyze elevation and land cover distribution, as well as precipitation, soil
moisture and evaporation patterns in a basin.
In exercises and lectures, different tools and applications are offered. For each application, assignments are given to allow
students to acquire relevant skills. The course structure combines assignments and introductory lectures. Each week participants
work on one assignment. These assignments are discussed in the next lecture and graded. Each week a new assignment is
introduced, together with supporting materials (an article discussing the relevant application) and lectures (introducing
theoretical issues). The study material of the course consists of a study guide, assignments, lecture material and articles. The final
mark is the average of the grades of the individual assignments.
Study Goals After this course a student can:
1) Explain what a GIS is, and to describe its key features
2) Use GIS to visualize and analyze data
3) Use GIS tools to work on real WRM problems
4) Understand important terminology in remote sensing
5) Explain the advantages and disadvantages of measurements in different parts of the EM spectrum
6) Use real remote sensing data to study problems in WRM
Education Method Lectures, exercises
Literature and Study Available through Blackboard
Materials
Collegerama Yes
Page 210 of 238

Responsible Instructor G. Medema
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam by appointment
Course Contents Framework of water and health; human diseases related to water and sanitation: which diseases? how are they transmitted in our
urban environment? how can sanitary engineers help to prevent this?
Insight is given in pathogenic microbes and toxic chemicals and the diseases they cause, how these contaminants behave in the
water environment and how they can be transmitted through water systems and cause disease. The contribution of civil engineers
to the present excellent state of health was and is enormous. Civil engineers in water are also health engineers. Their options for
improvement of health in developing countries are discussed. Water is central: the medical dangers connected with it, but also
the benefits of good water supply and sanitation. Much attention is paid to "new" water related health issues like legionellosis,
SARS, enteric viruses, arsenic, pharmaceuticals, nanomaterials etc.
Study Goals The overall study goal is to make you able to critically evaluate the health risks associated with engineered water systems. You
will learn which health risks can be associated with engineered water systems, how they occur and how you can intervene.
Protection of public health is an important element of your future work as civil engineer.You will get knowledge about the
agents that cause disease, how they are transmitted through the environment and how this can be prevented. You will be able to
design safe water systems and be able to communicate with health authorities, in The Netherlands as well as abroad.
Education Method Lectures, discussion, practicum, demonstration site visit, group assignment, report, presentation
Literature and Study For each lecture reading materials are provided via an electronic database. Reading these lecture reading materials before the
Materials lectures to be able to actively participate in discussions about the lecture topic is required. In addition, background reading
materials are provided via the electronic database. The contents of these background materials may serve as information for the
assignments (together with information that the students have to find themselves), but are not obligatory for the exam.
Practical Guide The aim of the practical work is to create the understanding about transmission of microbes and the effect of hygiene measures in
reducing the probability of transmission of microbes.
Assessment Group assignment presentation & report (50%) and group oral exam about the assignment(50%)
Tags Analysis
Chemistry
Design
Group work
Involved
Modelling
Practicals
Research Methods
Technology
Water Engineering
Water management
Expected prior Knowledge BSc Civil or environmental engineering or equivalent
Academic Skills Learning, presenting your work, academic reading, writing, referencing, information collection and evaluation, teamwork
Literature & Study Provided via Bb
Materials
Judgement Academic contribution to team assignment/presentation/report, knowledge and understanding obtained from lectures, reading
materials and other activities in the course
Permitted Materials during Own group report and literature, lecture notes and presentations and reading materials
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 211 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Expected prior knowledge CIE4420 Geohydrology 1, AESB3340 Mechanics and Transport by Flow in Porous Media, or Equivalent. Basic computer
programming, preferably in Python.
Course Contents The course concerns two major topics in groundwater modeling: The analytic element method and the finite difference method.
Study Goals Upon successful completion, the student is able to
(1) Implement the analytic element method and the finite difference method in a computer model for groundwater modeling.
(2) Apply the analytic element method and the finite difference method as applied to groundwater modeling.
Education Method Lectures in the mornings and computer exercises in the afternoons. You need to bring your own laptop computer to the class.
Expected prior Knowledge Geohydrology I. Computer programming in Python. Hydrology. Fluid Mechanics. Differential Equations.
Academic Skills
Literature & Study
Materials
Judgement
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 212 of 238

Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. H.H.G. Savenije
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Expected prior knowledge Basic knowledge on hydrology
Course Contents Purpose:
Since water is essential for human activities, food supply, people's wellbeing and healthy ecosystems, water is a key element of
almost all the Sustainable Development Goals of the United Nations. Hydrology describes the occurrence, behaviour and flow of
water through our terrestrial system. As a result, knowledge on how the water system behaves is essential for understanding how
societies interact with their natural resources. In this course, we provide the tools to help us analyse and understand these
interactions as a foundation for interventions aimed at making society safe, healthy, productive and fair, in a way that the natural
resources remain accessible and usable for future generations.
More specifically this course will address water resources issues related to:
- Water for society, food and the environment
- Floods and droughts
- Hydrology of deltas
Contents of lectures and study material
1. Hydrology and Water Resources: rainfall mechanisms, extreme rainfall, water resources, groundwater, surface water, water
resources of catchments, rainfall-runoff relations for different temporal scales, water balances, water scarcity, green and blue
water, human interference into the hydrological cycle;
2. Rainfall-Runoff relations: extreme discharge and floods;
3. Determination of peak discharge, factors affecting discharge characteristics, flow duration curve, flood frequency analysis,
rainfall runoff relations, short duration peak runoff, catchment yield;
4. Flood propagation: reservoir routing, channel routing, Muskingum routing, Kinematic routing, relations between methods of
routing and the St. Venant equation;
5. Hydrology of coastal areas: tides, storm surges, propagation of tides into estuaries, salt water intrusion into open estuaries,
seepage of brackish ground water, hydraulic measures in coastal areas and estuaries, effect of dikes, fresh and salt water
reservoirs, drainage;
6. Articles related to the topics described above. For the exam a selection of these articles needs to be studied.
Study Goals 1. Understanding relations between hydrological processes in catchments at different scales and the effects of different types of
stocks and related fluxes;
2. Understanding and calculations of propagation of flood waves;
3. Understanding the hydrological processes in deltas regarding river discharge, inundations, propagation of tidal floods, salt
intrusion, as well as consequences of changes in the system;
4. Frequency analysis of extremes under different climatological conditions.
Education Method Lectures, discussion of selected articles, a reader of relevant articles (on blackboard), short fieldwork (if possible)
Materials "Hydrology of Catchments, Rivers and Deltas"

Reader of articles on blackboard.
Chapters 1, 2 and 3 of "Salinity and Tides in Alluvial Estuaries" by H.H.G. Savenije (downloadable from
www.salinityandtides.com)
Assessment Written exam on:
1) lecture notes Hydrology of Catchments, Rivers and Deltas
2) Power points of the lectures
3) Chapters 1, 2 and 3 of the book "Salinity and tides in Alluvial Estuaries" available on www.salinityandtides.com
4) Selection of articles available on blackboard and discussed during the lectures (details will be provided on blackboard)
Permitted Materials during A hand-written double sided A4
Tests
Expected prior Knowledge CT2011: Watermanagement, CT2310: Hydrology, or equivalent
Academic Skills solving differential equations, proficiency in PYTHON or MATLAB and EXCEL
Literature & Study Lecture note "Hydrology of River Basins, Catchments and Deltas" (on blackboard).
Materials Different scientific papers, available on balckboard
Chapters 1, 2 and 3 of "Salinity and Tides in Alluvial Estuaries" available on http:/salinityandtides.com
Judgement Exercises during the first lecture afternoons and written exam .
Permitted Materials during One handwritten A4 with formulas
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 213 of 238

Contact Hours / Week 1 week 40 hours / 3 weeks 4 hours
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Course Contents Fieldwork course aimed at water qualitative and water quantitative analysis of a river catchment in the Luxembourg Ardennes.
Note: course is conducted through a number of experiments performed in the field and guided by staff from different disciplines.
Depending on the availability of staff the composition of experiments can differ from the describtions below.
In general:
determination and interpretation of the elements of the hydrological cycle,catchment characteristics, river characteristics and
ecology effect of human interference on discharge hydrology and water quality
presentation and reporting of measurements and research results
Water quantity:
meteorological data; precipitation, evaporation, interception
geohydrology; soil composition, infiltration, hydraulic conductivity, piezometry
applying river discharge measurements by different methods
observation of ecosystem characteristics and the influence of discharge characteristics
tracer hydrology
Water quality:
assesment of water quality based on ecological characteristics
determination of dispersion in a river reach
In a condensed fieldwork period (6 days) students are introduced to the elements of the hydrological cycle and the ecology of a
river system. In this way they learn to appreciate the processes involved in terms of relevance and dimensions. The acquired
expertise of the measurement practise, utilisation and interpretation of data is discussed. For that purpose numerous experiments
in the field are carried out in small groups.
Students define a research question before the fieldwork starts.
Analysis and interpretation, all under supervision, is largely carried out during the fieldwork. Afterwards in groups results are
presented and a report on the research question in a scientific aricle format is produced.
Study Goals Learning to use measurements methodologies for water quantitative and water qualitative analysis
Learning to determine which measurements are needed to collect relevant data for research purposes
Learning to interpret critically the data obtained, including all the uncertainties and restrictions
Learning to present
Learning how to present a research in a scientific report
Learning to work as a team

Education Method In a condensed fieldwork period (5 days) + preparation + reporting experience will be gained with the theory of the courses
CT2310 (Hydrology), CIE4420 (Geohydrology I), CIE4440 (Hydrological measurements), CIE4400 (Water quality
management), CIE5450 (Hydrology of catchments, rivers and deltas), CIE5480 (Ecology & Geomorphology).
Discussions about the measurements used and the interpretation of the results obtained will be stimulated.
Literature and Study Syllabus: Available at start of fieldwork
Materials
Assessment Students will be judged on their participation in the different parts (fieldwork, presentation and scientific report writing).
Elective Yes
Expected prior Knowledge Theory of measurment techniques, e.g. CIE4440
Academic Skills Collecting liturature, posing and answering a research question
Literature & Study Syllabus: Available at start of fieldwork
Materials Self collected literature depending on topic
Judgement Students will be judged on their participation in the different parts (fieldwork, presentation and scientific report writing).
Permitted Materials during not applicable
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 214 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. R.R.P. van Nooijen
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
3
Expected prior knowledge The student should be able to:
Course Contents The field of water management encompasses a large number of subjects and decision levels from international to regional. This
course takes the student through the design process of a control system from quantification of the aims to the design of the
controllers.
Operational objectives of control are discussed, as are types of control systems (manual, automatic), types of controllers (on/off,
PID, optimization), control variables (water level, discharge), modelling a controlled system and the design of controllers. The
course is illustrated by applications, examples and exercises from engineering practice both in the Netherlands and abroad.
Study Goals After completion of this course, the student will be able to answer the following questions about a given water system and a
criterion or set of criteria for the desirability of a system state and/or behaviour (from the point of view of controlling the
system).
To what extent can the separate criteria be met?
To what extent can a combination of the criteria be met?
Given an agreement with stakeholders on the degree to which the criteria are to be met, what type of control system can
implement this agreement?
Suggest control systems that behave in ways that match the desires of the stakeholders.
Give a description of the control system in the language of control theory and using structure diagrams.
Education Method Lectures with in-class exercises, computer labs and homework assignments
Materials
lecture notes CT5490 (available as pdf on blackboard)
to be announced
Written exam
Remarks In addition to questions on the material covered in the lecture notes, the exam may contain questions on any subject discussed in
the lectures, in the assignments, or in the computer labs and exercises.
Barring unforeseen circumstances an excursion is part of the course and one of the lectures is given during the excursion.
Tags Water management
Expected prior Knowledge The student should be able to:
Academic Skills In this course you will
interpret water system behaviour
formulate and test hypotheses on the effects of control
cooperate with a partner on assignments
write reports on system simulations
consider the acceptability of control rules for stakeholders
Literature & Study obligatory lecture note(s)/textbook(s):

Materials
Lecture notes CT5490 (available as pdf on blackboard)
obligatory other materials:
To be announced
Judgement Assignments are graded as complete or incomplete. All assignments must be completed two weeks before the date of the exam.
If not all assignments are completed before the deadline the candidate will not be allowed to take the exam. The exam grade is
the final grade. If the candidate does not participate in the exam in the same academic year then the completed assignments do
not carry over to the next year.
Permitted Materials during Use of a calculator is allowed, as long as the memory is empty of programs and data relevant to this exam. No other tables or
Exam reference materials are allowed during the exam.
Collegerama Yes
Page 215 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. E. Mostert
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Language Dutch (on request English)
Expected prior knowledge Completion of Bachelor
Summary Water law is of great importance for water management and civil engineering. It deals with concrete issues such as: how safe
should the dykes be?; which water quality standards have to be reached?; who should take action?; and: who has to pay? The
purpose of this course is to give the students insight into the content and development of Dutch water law and its importance for
water management and the work of engineers.
Course Contents The following topics will get attention:
Types, forms, functions and sources of law, main water acts, main information sources
Organisational structure of Dutch water management, tasks and competencies, discussions on the waterboards
Management of surface water quantity and quality, groundwater, flood protection and the main rivers
Public water supply
Financing of water management
European water management and the Water Framework Directive
Legal protection and liability
Specific topic or issue, selected by the student (part of examination)
Excursion to the Second Chamber of the Dutch parliament (depending on agenda of the Second Chamber)
For foreign students a tailor-made self-study assignment is made, focusing on European water law and the water law in the home
country of the student. Several supportive lectures are given for this group.
Study Goals After following this course, the student should be able to:
1. take legal constraints and possible complications into account when making technical analyses
2. use the main information sources and evaluate and process the information that is obtained
3. answer simple legal questions
4. decide when to involve a legal expert and what exactly to ask
To be able to do this, the student should:
5. obtain basic information concerning water law, the development of water law and the implications of water law for the water
management practice.
exercises
self-study
Literature and Study Dutch version: Lecture notes: Mostert, E., Waterrecht en Organisatie, 2016. From September/ October onwards, the lecture notes

Assignments
Enrolment / Application Self-enrollment on Blackboard
Elective Yes
Tags Broad
Diverse
Integrated
Policy Analysis
Water Engineering
Water management
Contact E. Mostert, building civil engineering room 4.82, tel. 87800, e.mostert@tudelft.nl
Expected prior Knowledge Completed Bachelor
Academic Skills Academic skills practiced include information search, critical thinking, (showing) sensitivity to the social context of technology,
initiative and , especially for the English language version, writing.
Literature & Study Dutch version: Lecture notes: Mostert, E., Waterrecht en Organisatie, 2016. From September/ October onwards, the lecture notes

Judgement Based on how well the student has reached the educational goals, as shown, among others, by the self-study of a topic or issue
selected by the student him- or herself. To support grading, a rubric has been made that will be posted on Blackboard.
Permitted Materials during Students may bring with them short notes or background materials on own topic.
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 216 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. F.H.M. van de Ven
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
4
Start Education 3
4
Course Contents Three aspects of water management in urban areas are addressed:
A: RELEVANT PROCESSES
Functions of urban surface waters, groundwater and wastewater; functions of urban surfaces.
Pathtways and fluxes of water in the urban environment; urban water balances; urban climate; ground and surface water regimes;
urban dessication; consequences of urbanization and of climate change on urban water system; interaction of urban and rural
water systems; hydrological interaction with river basin.
Quality of stormwater, groundwater and surface water; sources of pollution; behaviour and degradation of pollutants.
Ecological quality and processes; relation with chemistry and hydromorphology of urban water courses.
Land subsidence, land filling and interaction with water ground- and surface water manangement.
B: DESIGN & ENGINEERING
Design standards and how to assess these for water quantity and quality; design loads, design storms and design series; statistics
and risks; storage design discharge frequency relations.
Design procedures for stormwater, surface water and groundwater drainage, land filling, subsidence and its interactions.
Operational control of surface water and groundwater.
Design of water quality management in urban surface waters.
Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems(SUDS), Low Impact Development (LID), Best Management Practices (BMPs).
Stormwater infiltration facilities and their design aspects.
Building site preparation, constructive aspects, transport and accessibility of the terrain, working conditions for building.
Maintenance and its effects on drainage design.
C: PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT
Planning process management; target oriented planning; guiding principles and process oriented approach procedures;
collaborative planning of urban drainage projects.
Waterwise spatial and urban planning. Climate resilient urban water management.
Urban water management plans, spatial planning and urbanism
Transition management; mainstreaming innovative urban drainage and urban water management solutions.
Study Goals The student is able to plan and create a sustainable, healthy, climate resilient, safe and pleasant urban environment by
manipulating and controlling conditions of land and water in the area.
The student knows how to design facilities for the drainage and control of stormwater, surface water and groundwater, for
controlling the quality of this water and for supplying water where this is required. He/she is able to create a stable, solid and
fertile soil and subsurface, while minimizing land subsidence. He knows how these facilities are implemented and how to
maintain them well. All this in order to sustain the many functions this water, soil and subsurface can serve in the urban
environments.
The student understands the hydrological, hydro-chemical end ecological processes and knows how to analyse and evaluate the
performance of an existing urban water management system. He/she is able to design a monitoring system to be able to evaluate
this performance.
The student is able to lead the development of strategic plans for urban water management, urban flood risk management,
climate adaptation and blue-green spatial planning (water-based spatial planning for smart and adaptive circular cities). He know
how to organize the planning process and the cooperation of water managers, urban planners and the stakeholders and is able to
evaluate the quality of the technical quality of the products.
Education Method lectures, assignment, workshop, excursion

Literature and Study Lecture notes available at Nextprint. PPTs and additional reading material available on Blackboard.
Materials
Remarks Summary
Master course on design and planning of the urban water management system. Water fluxes and relevant processes in water and
soil. Stormwater, surface water and groundwater drainage design (quantity and quality) in interrelation with subsidence and
based on functional demands and standards. Stormwater infiltration and building site preparation. Water wise spatial planning
and urbanism. Water management policy development.
Judgement Grade at oral exam.
Page 217 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. J.G. Langeveld
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Required for MSc specialisation in urban water management
CIE4491 Urban drainage and watermanagement
Course Contents 7 x 4 hours plenary lectures
specialised topics in urban drainage monitoring.
1 exercise in which acquired knowledge from the lectures will be applied and tested.
1 excursion with CIE 5510
The lectures will discuss uncertainties in hydrodynamic sewer models, calibration procedures for such models and interpretation
of calibration results. Secondly, sensoring and monitoring systems for urban drainage systems will be discussed, including
specific problems with sensors in a harsh environment, monitoring data transfer and data validation and analysis. Thirdly, sewer
asset management, including sewer inspection methods, will be discussed.
Study Goals After successful finishing of this course, the student should be able to interpret hydrodynamic model results and their
uncertainties and should be able to apply data validation routines. Furthermore, the student should be able to interpret
uncertainties related to several methods used to obtain information required for sewer asset management.
In addition, the student should be able to understand and interpret research papers.
Education Method Plenary lectures and individual exercise
Assessment Oral exam. Succesful finishing of the exercise is required before taking the exam.
Elective Yes
Tags Integrated
Underground
Water management
Contact Jeroen Langeveld, j.g.langeveld@tudelft.nl
Expected prior Knowledge CIE4491 Urban drainage and water management
CT2310 Hydrology
CT2140 Fluid Mechanics 2
Academic Skills critical thinking, interpretation, professionalism, reasoning/arguing
Literature & Study reader on modelling and monitoring
Materials recent literature
Judgement oral exam
Exam
Collegerama Yes
Page 218 of 238

Contact Hours / Week 6-8/0/0/0
x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Contents Based on working on exercises on project decision making and planning, the specific context of working abroad in general and
in developing countries in particular is illustrated, with regard to socio-cultural aspects, planning and financing of projects, roles
of (consulting) engineers and contractors, local materials, techniques and knowledge and environmental issues.
As the actual content of the different components may show slight changes over the years, the interested student is directed to
Blackboard to see the actual contents of the course in the respective year.
define projects in several phases of the project cycle (feasibility, identification, design and construction, evaluation, operational
management) within their respective field of specialisation
explain how other than civil engineering disciplines can contribute to project activities abroad
distinguish different working environments for civil engineers abroad (management, design and construction, research, financing
etcetera)
distinguish main organisations involved in development aid at national and international level in terms of their goals, financing
policies and actions
recognise local working and living environments in socio-economic and technical terms
Education Method (guest) lectures on specific subjects (including project cycle, organisations and cultural differences). Guest lecturers discuss their
own (working) experience abroad or actual subjects
discussions, exercises and role-plays during lecture hours
individual and group exercises during self-study hours

Literature and Study Materials to be used, including documentation, exercises and cases are made available o-n Blackboard. Links to other,
Materials recommended material are given too.
Assessment There is no written or oral exam. Grading is based on active participation in discussions and exercises.
Expected prior Knowledge None
Academic Skills Debating
Writing an essay
Writing a project proposal
Materials
Judgement The exercises are marked; the average mark is the final mark.
Permitted Materials during NA
Exam
Collegerama No
Page 219 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
5
Course Contents The course introduces ecological concepts and will detail on aquatic ecosystems functioning for stagnant water, running water
and wetlands. Points to cover will be: biological, physical and chemical aspects of aquatic ecosystems, trophic levels,
characteristic organisms, population dynamics, natural and induced shifts in ecosystems and the aquatic ecological effects of
climate change.
The course will introduce hydro-geomorphological concents and detail on especially water erosion, sedimentation and landslide
mechanisms and the role of vegetation and animal activity on it in different environments (mountains, rivers, estuaries) and
different climates (arid, tropical and humid). Feedback mechanisms between ecology and hydro-geomorphological processes
will be discussed.
Furthermore, the course will focus on ecological assessment. andEuropean legislation: Water Framework Directive and on the
health and ecological aspects of harmful cyanobacteria and bio-invaders.
The importance of Civil engineering on aquatic ecosystems will be shown as well as aquatic restoration measures and ecological
responses. Lastly, the influence of forests on floods will be discussed.
Study Goals After successfully finishing the course the student:
1) should be familiar with ecological concepts and ecological points of view and is able to understand ecosystems functioning.
2) is acquainted with hydrogeomorphological processes such as water erosion, landsliding and sedimentation and is be able to
describe the interrelationships between the abiotic and biotic environment.
3) understands the consequences of civil engineering intervention on geosystems and ecosystems and knows the jargon of the
disciplines of biology and geomorphology and can communicate with experts in these fields
Education Method Lectures, workshop
Literature and Study Study material comprises of a list of scientific articles, book chapters, hand-outs and powerpoint presentations
Materials
Assessment Poster presentation (30%)
Written exam (70%)
Contact Prof.Dr. Michael McClain [m.mcclain@unesco-ihe.org]‎
Dr. Thom Bogaard (T.A.Bogaard@tudelft.nl)
Expected prior Knowledge Basic knowledge of earth science and water systems.
General knowledge on modelling approaches in Civil or Environmental Engineering.
Detailed knowledge on ecology is not a pre-requisite.
Reading and analyzing scientific papers
Oral and poster presentation
Debating and discussing
Literature & Study Course material (scientific literature and powerpoint hand-outs) will be specified at start of the course and provided during the
Materials course.
Judgement Poster presentation (30%)
Written exam (70%)
Permitted Materials during Poster presentatiuon with own poster
Exam No material is allowed during written exam
Collegerama No
Page 220 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Course Contents The course covers the use of trenchless technologies, which is a versatile installation method for small infrastructure (gas, water,
sewers, etc). It is meant as an addition to other specialistic courses and the topics studied here can also be applied in other
courses. Next to the installation process and the design of the linings, the organisation of a TT project will be discussed.
The course deals with basic aspects of:

- Cables and ducts
- Geology and geotechnics in relation to boring techniques and bore fluids
- The technique of Horizonal Directional Drilling (HDD)
- The technique of Micro-tunnelling
- Boring equipment
- Measuring equipment
- Steering equipment
- Technical calculations for HDD and Micro-tunnelling
- Technical calulations for stresses in pipelines
- Renovation of existing pipelines
- Research on trenchless technology and innovative applications
- Influence of contract types on project execution
- Role of the contractor and engineering office
- Risks and risk management
- Case discussions
Study Goals Students will be able to identify and describe the methods available for trenchless installation and rehabilitation of cables and
ducts. They will be able to make a preliminary design for new pipe line installations.
paper and oral exam
Materials
Assessment As part of the course, the students (in groups of max. 2 students) have to make a preliminary design and risk assessment for a
river crossing of a large diameter pipeline, using HDD or micro-tunnelling. This design is based on the lecture notes as well as
the relevant national codes and standards.
The resulting design is discussed and commented during an oral examination.
Remarks Multidisciplinary course for Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Applied Earth Sciences.
The course covers the use of trenchless technologies (drilling, tunnelling, and renovation techniques). These techniques are
widely used for the installation and renovation of tunnel-, pipe- and cable systems for small infrastructure (oil, gas, water,
sewerage). The course offers basic theoretical and practical knowledge of the techniques and used materials. Legal,
administrative aspects and innovation will form an integral part of the course.
T: 85256
Expected prior Knowledge Basic understanding of soil mechanics and structural mechanics is advisable but not mandatory.
Academic Skills
Literature & Study obligatory lecturenote(s)/textbook(s):
Materials
Judgement The oral examination discusses the students' paper as well as topics from the course.
The final mark is based on the report and oral discussion.

Exam
Collegerama No
Page 221 of 238

Responsible Instructor Prof.dr.ir. M.J.C.M. Hertogh
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Expected prior knowledge CIE5981 uses CT1061
CIE5981 uses CT2061
CIE5981 uses CT3061
Course Contents In course CIE5981 a review is given of the most common forms of collaboration in realising a project in civil engineering. The
course discusses the state of the art. This is done in a fundamental way but the theory is clarified by means of practical examples
illustrated by visiting lecturers. The course aims at preparing students fundamentally for the various forms of collaboration he
will engage during his professional career. However it is emphasized that no attention will be paid to the literal contents of the
various contracts. It is a matter of insight so that later on the correct choices can be made for the adequate form of contract for a
specific type of project.
The following subjects will be dealt with:
principles of an agreement and the elements that play a role in collaboration are discussed
the control of a project in relation to collaboration forms
the contract and the corresponding components such as tasks, responsibilities and authorities
the systems of reimbursement as a function of contract form
risks, risk distribution, risk management, in various contract forms
the family of: design & construct, DBM, DBMOT, DBMFOT, partnering, alliances, public private partnership
practical examples illustrated by visiting lecturers
foreign forms of collaboration
the selection and choice of a contract partner
new development in different countries.

Study Goals The students knowledge and skill in the following activities will be increased relative to the intellectual development level
attained during his or her BSc study:
a. The understanding of the principles of project agreements;
b. The understanding and choice of forms of collaboration;
c. The evaluation of alternative forms of contract;
d. The various types of reimbursement;
e. The selection and choice of contract partners;
f. The understanding of the various components of contracts;
g. Foreign contracts .
Materials
Reader: "Forms of collaboration in civil engineering"
Available at BookShop Civil Engineering.

recommended other materials:
Material and presentations made available on Blackboard.

Assessment Written exam (open questions and multiple choice)
Remarks Summary
Parties in the building industry can choose between various forms of collaboration and contract models. The different forms of
collaborations are derived from the economic concepts such as value, price and cost. The course has a theoretical character but
its contents is illustrated by means of practical examples by guest lecturers. The following forms of collaboration are dealt with:
traditional contract, building team, general contracting and the families of Design & Construct. Discussed will be the contract-
content with tasks, obligations, authorities, responsibilities, liabilities, systems of reimbursement and risk division. The following
models of contract are discussed: design & construct, partnering, alliances, public private partnership, risk management, risk
sharing and contracts that deal with the organization during building.
Page 222 of 238

Responsible Instructor Ir. drs. J.G. Verlaan
Co-responsible for Dr. D.F.J. Schraven
assignments
x/x/x/x
Education Period 1
Start Education 1
Exam Period 1
2
Required for Compulsory course for master CME - Construction Management & Engineering (3TU)
Summary Reader Financial Engineering (pdf on BlackBoard)
Short overview of the theory of the firm

Sources of finance, cost of finance, capital markets
Cash flow models, decision rules like payback period, C/B ratio, NPV
Financial accounting
Financing (international) projects, project finance
Political and social factors
Portfolio management
Financial risk management
Course Contents This course deals with the finance issues related to the implementation of civil engineering projects. It introduces economic
engineering concepts and finance-related topics such as project financing and financial accounting. This course requires the
student to study in detail:
#Finance and the firm, covering topics such as sources of finance, cost of finance, financial structures, working capital
management and financial accounting
#Capital Budgeting Decisions and Risk, covering topics such as Capital Budgeting, Political and Social factors, Portfolio
Management and Risk Considerations
#Project finance, covering topics such as international capital markets, stakeholder/actors viewpoints and cash flow modelling of
projects including characteristics of typical projects like oil wells, open mining, infrastructure and office buildings
Study Goals The intended learning outcomes of this course are:
#To give students a knowledge of financing and financial implications of civil engineering projects from both a firm and a
project perspective, including perspectives from financial involved actors
#To give students an understanding of the project life-cycle and its impact on and relationship with project finance
#The ability of students to deal with uncertain political and social factors and financial risks
Education Method This course will include lectures, case studies and an individual assignment.
Books Principles of Corporate Finance, Brealy, Myers and Allen, Eleventh Global Edition
Assessment The final assessment is a written examination (40 multiple choice questions).
The use of an calculator is allowed.
No cell phones or tablets are allowed.
Contact CME Secretary's Office, CiTG room 3.40,
mrs. Sandra Schuchmann - Hagman,

s.c.m.schuchmann@tudelft.nl
tel: +31 (0)15 27 84774
Expected prior Knowledge No prior knowledge is required.
Academic Skills To prepare for the future interdisciplinary world of work (engineering and finance, projects), to broaden academic skills with
respect to optimization and to obtain interdisciplinary competences.
Judgement The result of the multiple choice exam should be 6.0 or higher.
Permitted Materials during * The use of a calculator is allowed, but no mobile phones or tablets / iPads.
Exam * No books or dictionaries are allowed
Page 223 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Course Contents The course addresses relevant topics in Soil Mechanics and Geotechnical Engineering
related to offshore energy production (oil&gas developments and renewable sources).
The core subject is the analysis and design of the most common
foundation types for offshore structures. After some preliminary recaps on soil behaviour,
the response of marine soils to environmental cyclic loading is illustrated and discussed.
Then, essential concepts about subsea
site investigation are discussed. The course core topics are widely addressed, concerning the
analysis/design of both shallow and deep offshore foundations.
Study Goals The main learning objectives are:
1. to recognise and describe the main features of offshore soil behaviour under environmental loading;
2. to describe the principles for planning offshore site surveys for soil characterization purposes;
3. to analyse/design of the main shallow foundation types(including spudcans and suction units)
4. to analyse/design of offshore piles
Education Method - in class theoretical and practical sessions
- possible assignments on the most relevant topics
Assessment Written Exam
Remarks Old course code: OE4624-15

Responsible Instructor Dr.ir. A.M. Talmon
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Assessment Written
Page 224 of 238

x/x/x/x
Education Period 2
Start Education 2
Exam Period 2
Summary
processes.
Page 225 of 238

Responsible Instructor Dr. E. Lourens
x/x/x/x
Education Period 4
Start Education 4
Exam Period 4
Expected prior knowledge CIE4140 Structural Dynamics or an equivalent course.
Course Contents The course focusses on identification problems in structural dynamics, i.e. on the reconstruction of uncertain or unknown
structural properties from measured vibration response data. These properties can be the natural frequencies or mode shapes of a
structure, the stiffnesses of its supports, the loading applied to the structure, etc. Such identification problems are encountered in
all engineering applications where measured data (be it accelerations, strains, or displacements, etc.) are used to reduce
uncertainty on the dynamic behaviour of in situ structures under real operating conditions.
To ensure generality, the presented identification and monitoring techniques are applied to structures modelled using a mass and
stiffness matrix (extractable from any finite element software).
The course can be divided into the following parts:

1.System identification, structural health monitoring, and model updating (2 lectures, 2 practical sessions)
Different techniques for extracting modal parameters from vibration response data are presented, and it is shown how the
extracted parameters can be used
a) in vibration-based structural health monitoring applications, and
b) for updating (improving) our numerical models.
2.Load identification (2 lectures, 1 practical session)
First, a number of numerical aspects essential to the understanding and effective solution of linear inverse problems is addressed,
with the focus on the load identification problem as encountered in structural dynamics. A simple frequency-domain technique
for estimating the dynamic loads on a structure based on its measured vibration response is subsequently presented.
3.State estimation the Kalman filter (1 lecture, 1 practical session)
Deterministic-stochastic models of structures are introduced, and it is shown how classical optimal state estimation techniques
(e.g. the Kalman filter) can be used for continuous monitoring of structural deformations based on limited response data.
The remaining lecture hours and practical sessions are spent on introducing the students to Matlab, recapitulating deterministic
models of structural systems as these were presented in the course CIE4140 Structural Dynamics (but with the focus on
discretized as opposed to analytical representations), and reduced-order modelling. The latter topic is included because of its
importance when dealing with in situ measured data from large-scale complex structures.
Study Goals Students succesfully completing the course will be able to:
1) identify the dynamic properties of a structure from measured vibration response data,
2) calibrate finite element models based on identified dynamic properties,
3) identify the forces acting on a structure from its vibrational response.
Education Method Lectures are alternated by practical sessions in which the presented techniques are applied to a simple beam structure in Matlab.
Assessment Group project and oral examination.
Page 226 of 238

Responsible Instructor Ir. J.S. Hoving
x/x/x/x
Education Period 3
Start Education 3
Exam Period 3
4
Required for AT327-12 Arctic Offshore Engineering at UNIS, the University Centre at Longyearbyen, Svalbard (Spitsbergen).
Course Contents The course OE44115 Arctic Engineering is divided into 3 main parts: approximately half of the lectures consist of a General
introduction to Arctic Engineering, while during the remainder of the course we treat the 'Dynamics of Ice-Structure Interaction'
and several Special Topics, with a focus on ice-structure interaction.
First, the general basics of Arctic Engineering will be discussed during the general introduction to Arctic engineering. This part
of the course schedule starts with a discussion on environmental issues in the Arctic, after which a geographical and historical
overview of Arctic resources and current developments is given. Subsequently, the existing ice features and ice regimes are
discussed based on geography and local conditions. Additionally, the physical micro- and macro-properties of ice, ice
morphology, ice thermodynanics and ice mechanics are treated. The general introduction to Arctic Engineering concludes with
an introduction to ice-structure interaction, based on the Arctic engineering code ISO19906.
The theoretical core of the course OE44115 Arctic engineering consists of the (statics and) dynamics of ice-structure interaction.
Initially, an overview of the available models for dynamic ice-structure interaction and ice-induced vibrations will be given. The
phenomenon of frequency lock-in is considered, as well as beam and plate theories to model the ice during its interaction with a
structure. Additionally, we will touch upon the numerical application of dynamic processes within Arctic engineering and
discuss the industrial experience with ice-induced vibrations.
In the last part of the course, we explore a number of special topics that broaden the perspective of engineering in the Arctic.
These special topics are not necessarily the same each year and depend on the availability of industry and university specialists.
The special topics that have been treated in previous editions of the course are: 'Arctic Engineering Practice', 'Structural Design
for Arctic Conditions', 'Arctic Oceanography', 'Scaling in Ice Mechanics and Ice-Structure Interaction' and 'Ice Management &
Escape, Evacuation & Rescue'.
Study Goals Participants will know about the ice features and ice conditions that occur at typical Arctic engineering locations and they will be
aware of the workings of ice physics and ice mechanics. They will have an understanding of the available types of structures for
the Arctic, the static and dynamic ice loads on these structures and the issues involved in designing, constructing and
maintaining these structures in Arctic conditions.
Education Method Lectures, guest lectures and a non-compulsory bonus exercise.
Course Relations This course does not require any courses as compulsory pre-knowledge. Although generally Arctic Engineering is focused on
offshore applications, this course has been set-up to address the complete range of Arctic Engineering applications, that include
the development and transport of resources, environmental impact and climate change, oceanography, as well as maritime,
hydraulic and coastal engineering.
Nevertheless,interesting background information for the course OE44115 Arctic Engineering may be obtained from the courses
OE44095 Bottom Founded Offshore Structures and CiE4140 Structural Dynamics.
A positive result for the course OE44115 Arctic Engineering is compulsary to be allowed to participate in the course AT327-12
Arctic Offshore Engineering.
Literature and Study Currently the lecture notes for this course are a work-in-progress. Extensive lecture slides and hand-outs that contain all the
Materials necessary information are provided to the participants of this course through Blackboard.
Assessment The assessment for this course consists of a written exam. Note however that a bonus to the exam grade can be earned by doing a
non-compulsory bonus exercise.
Remarks Previous course codes: OE4680 and OE4680-12
Page 227 of 238

Prof.dr.ir. S.G.J. Aarninkhof
Unit Civiele Techniek & Geowetensch
Department Coastal Engineering
Telephone +31 15 27 85487
Room 23.HG 3.69

Telephone +31 15 27 85487
Room 23.HG 3.69
Ir. R. Abspoel
Department Str. & Building Engineering
Telephone +31 15 27 85358
Room 23.S2 2.54
Dr. A. Askarinejad
Department Geo-engineering
Telephone +31 15 27 83326
Room 23.KG 00.510
Dr.ir. K.J. Bakker

Department Hydraulic Struc & Flood Risk
Telephone +31 15 27 85075
Room 23.HG 3.86
Dr.ir. M. Bakker
Department Water Resources
Telephone +31 15 27 83714
Room 23.HG 4.92.1
Dr.ir. A.J. van Binsbergen

Department Transportplanning
Telephone +31 15 27 81067
Room 23.HG 2.42

Telephone +31 15 27 81067
Room 23.HG 2.42
Dr.ir. A. Blom
Department RP&W and Dredging Engineering
Telephone +31 15 27 85064
Room 23.S3.00.100
Dr. T.A. Bogaard

Telephone +31 15 27 84286
Room 23.HG 4.92
Ir. J.P. van den Bos

Telephone +31 15 27 88592
Room 23.HG 3.84

Page 228 of 238

Telephone +31 15 27 88592
Room 23.HG 3.84
Ir. J. Bosboom
Telephone +31 15 27 84606
Room 23.HG 3.66
Dr.ir. C.R. Braam

Telephone +31 15 27 82779
Room 23.S2 2.06
Dr. B.M. van Breukelen

Department Sanitary Engineering
Room 23.HG 4.49

Department Gezondheidstechniek
Room 23.HG 4.49
J.D. Bricker
Telephone +31 15 27 83187
Dr.ir. R.B.J. Brinkgreve

Telephone +31 15 27 83327
Room 23.KG 00.520
Dr.ir. W. Broere
Telephone +31 15 27 81545
Room 23.KG 00.510
Ir. M.A. Burgmeijer

Telephone +31 15 27 89446
Room 23.HG 3.74
Dr. C. Chassagne
Department Environmental Fluid Mech.
Telephone +31 15 27 85970
Room 23.S3 0.06
Dr.ir. A.M.J. Coenders

Telephone +31 15 27 82110
Room 23.HG 4.95
Dr.ir. K.N. van Dalen

Department Structural Mechanics
Telephone +31 15 27 88388
Room 23.HG 6.61
Page 229 of 238

Dr.ir. J.C.M. van Dorsser
Telephone +31 15 27 88256
Room 23.HG 3.94

Telephone +31 15 27 88256
Room 23.HG 3.94
Dr.ir. M.W. Ertsen

Telephone +31 15 27 87423
Room 23.HG 4.81
Ing. H.J. Everts

Telephone +31 15 27 85478
Room 23.KG 00.500
Dr. K.G. Gavin

Telephone +31 15 27 87128
Room 23.KG 00.480
Prof.dr.ir. N.C. van de Giesen

Telephone +31 15 27 87180
Room 23.HG 4.73
Dr.ir. S.G.J. Heijman

Telephone +31 15 27 84282
Room 23.HG 4.51
Prof.dr.ir. T.J. Heimovaara

Telephone +31 15 27 81969
Room 23.KG 00.540
Dr.ir. M.A.N. Hendriks

Telephone +31 15 27 86988
Room 23.HG 6.70
Prof.dr.ir. M.J.C.M. Hertogh

Department Integraal Ontwerp & Beheer
Telephone +31 15 27 84921
Room 23.HG 3.38
Prof.dr. M.A. Hicks

Telephone +31 15 27 87433
Room 23.KG 00.060
Page 230 of 238

R. Hoekstra
Telephone +31 15 27 89030
Room 23.HG 3.81
Dr.ir. O.A.C. Hoes

Telephone +31 15 27 84772
Room 23.HG 4.81.1
Dr.ir. B. Hofland
Telephone +31 15 27 85067
Room 23.HG 3.88

Telephone +31 15 27 85067
Room 23.HG 3.88
Dr.ir. P.C.J. Hoogenboom

Telephone +31 15 27 88081
Room 23.HG 6.48
Prof.ir. A.Q.C. van der Horst

Telephone +31 15 27 87014
Room 23.S2 2.04

Telephone +31 15 27 87014
Room 23.S2 2.04

Telephone +31 15 27 87014
Room 23.S2 2.04
Ir. J.S. Hoving

Department Offshore Engineering
Telephone +31 15 27 85723
Room 23.HG 2.88
Dr. M. Hrachowitz
Telephone +31 15 27 89450
Prof.dr. C. Jommi
Telephone +31 15 27 84173
Room 23.KG 00.140

Telephone +31 15 27 84173
Room 23.KG 00.140
Page 231 of 238

Prof.dr.ir. S.N. Jonkman
Telephone +31 15 27 85278
Room 23.HG 3.73.1

Department Waterbouwkunde
Telephone +31 15 27 85278
Room 23.HG 3.73.1
Dr. C.A. Katsman

Telephone +31 15 27 83380
Room 23.HG 2.89
Drs. O.C. Koedijk

Dr.ir. R.J. Labeur

Telephone +31 15 27 85069
Dr.ir. J.G. Langeveld

Telephone +31 15 27 85450
Room 23.HG 4.68
Dr. E. Lourens
Department Offshore Technologie
Telephone +31 15 27 87568
Room 23.HG 2.82
Ir. W.M.J. Luxemburg

Telephone +31 15 27 85717
Room 23.HG 4.81.1
Dr. D.S. van Maren


G. Medema
Telephone +31 15 27 87321
Room 23.HG 4.63
Prof.dr. A. Metrikine
Department Offshore Engineering
Telephone +31 15 27 84749
Room 23.HG 6.59

Page 232 of 238

Telephone +31 15 27 84749
Room 23.HG 6.59
Dr.ir. S.A. Miedema

Unit Mech, Maritime & Materials Eng
Department Offshore & Dredging Eng
Telephone +31 15 27 88359
Room 34.B-2-300
Dr. D. Milakis
Unit Techniek, Bestuur & Management
Department Transport and Logistics
Telephone +31 15 27 84981
Room 23.HG 4.18

Telephone +31 15 27 84981
Room 23.HG 4.18
Ir. W.F. Molenaar

Telephone +31 15 27 89447
Room 23.HG 3.75
Dr.ir. O. Morales Napoles

Unit Elektrotechn., Wisk. & Inform.
Department Kansrekening
Dr.ir. O. Morales Napoles

Dr.ir. E. Mosselman

Dr. E. Mostert
Telephone +31 15 27 87800
Room 23.HG 4.82
Dr.ir. G.A. van Nederveen

Department Integral Design & Management
Telephone +31 15 27 81854
Room 23.HG 3.37
Dr.ir. R. van Nes

Telephone +31 15 27 84033
Room 23.HG 4.10.2
Dr.ir. D.J.M. Ngan-Tillard

Telephone +31 15 27 83325
Room 23.KG 00.520
Page 233 of 238

Dr. R.R.P. van Nooijen
Telephone +31 15 27 86503
Room 23.HG 4.83
Ir. J. van Overeem

Telephone +31 15 27 83813
Room 21.3.77
Dr.ir. L.A. van Paassen

Telephone +31 15 27 87473
Room 23.KG 00.490

Telephone +31 15 27 87473
Room 23.KG 00.490
Dr. S. Pande
Telephone +31 15 27 89450
Room 23.HG 4.87
Prof.dr. J.D. Pietrzak

Telephone +31 15 27 89455
Room 23.HG 2.97
F. Pisano
Telephone +31 15 27 82844
Dr.ir. B.C. van Prooijen

Telephone +31 15 27 83365
Room 23.00.080
Ir. P. Quist
Telephone +31 15 27 85438
Room 23.HG 3.86

Telephone +31 15 27 85438
Room 23.HG 3.86
Ir. K.J. Reinders

Telephone +31 15 27 84736
Dr.ir. A.J.H.M. Reniers

Page 234 of 238

Telephone +31 15 27 85426
Room 23.HG 2.93

Telephone +31 15 27 85426
Room 23.HG 2.93

Department Vloeistofmechanica
Telephone +31 15 27 85426
Room 23.HG 2.93
Prof.dr.ir. C. van Rhee

Telephone +31 15 27 83973
Room 34.B-2-340

Telephone +31 15 27 83973
Room 34.B-2-340
Prof.dr.ir. H.H.G. Savenije

Telephone +31 15 27 81433
Room 23.HG 4.77
M.A. de Schipper
Telephone +31 15 27 89220
Room 23.HG 3.68
Prof.dr.ir. H.E.J.G. Schlangen

Department Materials & Environment
Telephone +31 15 27 86535
Room 23.HG 6.21
Dr. D.F.J. Schraven

Telephone +31 15 27 85967
Room 31.A3.390
Dr.ir. A. Simone
Telephone +31 15 27 87922
Room 23.HG 6.42
Dr.ir. H.L.F.M. Spanjers

Telephone +31 15 27 89128
Room 23.HG 4.63
A.J.F. van der Spek

Telephone +31 15 27 85075
Room 23.HG 3.70
Page 235 of 238

Dr. S.C. Steele-Dunne
Telephone +31 15 27 81377
Room 23.HG 4.94
Dr.ing. M.J.F. Stive

Room 23.HG 3.69

Room 23.HG 3.69

Room 23.HG 3.69
Dr.ir. A.M. Talmon

Telephone +31 15 27 83717
Room 34.B-2-310
P. Taneja
Telephone +31 15 27 84806
Dr.ir. J.S.M. van Thiel de Vries

Telephone +31 15 27 89453
Room 23.HG 3.77.1

Telephone +31 15 27 89453
Room 23.HG 3.77.1
Dr. M.F.S. Tissier

Department Vloeistofmechanica
Telephone +31 15 27 85122
Room 23.HG 2.92
Prof.dr.ir. W.S.J. Uijttewaal

Telephone +31 15 27 81371
Room 23.S3.00.060

Telephone +31 15 27 81371
Room 23.S3.00.060
Dr. P.J. Vardon

Telephone +31 15 27 81456
Room 23.KG 00.490
Page 236 of 238

Dr.ir. J.A.E. ten Veldhuis
Telephone +31 15 27 84734
Room 23.HG 4.65
T. Vellinga
Telephone +31 15 27 83154
Room 23.HG 3.77
Dr.ir. F.H.M. van de Ven

Telephone +31 15 27 84673
Room 23.HG 4.78
Ir. H.J. Verhagen

Telephone +31 15 27 85067
Room 23.HG 3.88
H.J. Verheij
Telephone +31 15 27 84740
Room 23.HG 3.84

Telephone +31 15 27 84740
Room 23.HG 3.84

Telephone +31 15 27 84740
Room 23.HG 3.84
Ir. drs. J.G. Verlaan

Department Integral Design & Maintenance
Telephone +31 15 27 87467
Room 23.HG 3.48
Ing. M.Z. Voorendt

Telephone +31 15 27 83340
Room 23.HG 3.76
Dr.ir. S. de Vries
Telephone +31 15 27 89220
Room 23.HG 3.70
Dr.ir. D.J.R. Walstra

Telephone +31 15 27 85075
Room 23.HG 3.70
Page 237 of 238

Prof.dr.ir. Z.B. Wang
Telephone +31 15 27 85075
Room 23.HG 3.79
Ir. J.W. Welleman

Telephone +31 15 27 84856
Room 23.HG 6.65
Ir. B. Wijdeven
Telephone +31 15 27 85075
Room 23.HG 3.86
Prof.dr.ir. A.R.M. Wolfert

Department Materialen & Milieu
Telephone +31 15 27 86636
Room 23.HG 3.42

Telephone +31 15 27 86636
Room 23.HG 3.42
Ir. Y. Yang
Telephone +31 15 27 82277
Room 23.S2 1.03

Department Gebouwen en Civieltech Constr
Telephone +31 15 27 82277
Room 23.S2 1.03

Department Intelligent Control & Robotics
Telephone +31 15 27 82277
Room 23.S2 1.03

Department Gebouwen en Civieltech Constr
Telephone +31 15 27 82277
Room 23.S2 1.03
B. Zanuttigh
Telephone +31 15 27 82610
Room 23.HG 3.87
Dr.ir. M. Zijlema
Telephone +31 15 27 83255
Room 23.HG 2.94
Page 238 of 238

Master's program in hydraulic engineering

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Master's program in hydraulic engineering

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Program overview

Code Omschrijving ECTS p1 p2 p3 p4 p5

CIE-HE Track Hydraulic Engineering (HE)

CIE-HE Track Hydraulic Engineering (HE)

CIE-HE Compulsory for all Specialisations

Recommended other materials:

What is the coast?

2. Hydrodynamic forcing and sediment transport

Ocean waves: wind waves and astronomical tide.

Cross-shore and longshore sediment transport mechanisms and calculation methods

4. Coastal protection and management

Compulsory other materials:

Recommended other materials:

BED LOAD TRANSPORT

SUSPENDED LOAD TRANSPORT

INITIAL RIVER RESPONSE

LONGTERM RIVER RESPONSE (STEADY DISCHARGE)

LONGTERM RIVER RESPONSE (NONSTEADY DISCHARGE)

EFFECTS OF SEDIMENT SORTING ON LONGTERM RIVER RESPONSE

SEVERAL GUEST LECTURES

After attending this course, you

CIE-HE Specialisation Coastal Engineering (HE-CE)

Your lecture notes of CIE4305 serve as a reference.

Expected prior Knowledge CIE4305 (Coastal dynamics I)

Your lecture notes of CIE4305 serve as a reference.

Permitted Materials during None

4. Integration of environmental issues in port planning and design

Handouts (available via Blackboard).

The following topics are dealt with during the course:

Recommended other materials:

Recommended other materials:

Materials, quarries and rock properties.

Execution (marine or land based equipment) of the works.

Failure mechanisms and (cost) optimisation.

Compulsory other materials:

Recommended other materials:

CIE-HE Specialisation Rivers, Ports and Waterways (HE-RPW)

CIE-HE Specialisation Rivers, Ports and Waterways (HE-RPW), Required Courses

4. Integration of environmental issues in port planning and design

Handouts (available via Blackboard).

The following topics are dealt with during the course:

Recommended other materials:

Recommended other materials:

Recommended non obligatory other materials:

3. 1D analytical models for time dependent river evolution

4. Projects on Rhine branches in the Netherlands

9. 2D analytical models for bars and planform styles

10. Probabilistic river morphology

11. Bank erosion, planimetric changes and river training

12. Physical models

14 Room for questions and additional explanations

Ethics: moral awareness (Punjab case study)

1) the initial and (open) boundary conditions

1) to understand what a numerical model is actually doing

Recommended other materials:

Recommended other materials:

Capacities of inland waterways

Service systems in ports and inland waterways

Handouts (available via Blackboard)

CIE-HE Specialisation Environmental Fluid Mechanics (HE-EFM)

The following topics are dealt with during the course:

Recommended other materials: